empty - Page 319 - Developer IT

nested iterator errors

- by Sean

//arrayList.h #include<iostream> #include<sstream> #include<string> #include<algorithm> #include<iterator> using namespace std; template<class T> class arrayList{ public: // constructor, copy constructor and destructor arrayList(int initialCapacity = 10); arrayList(const arrayList<T>&); ~arrayList() { delete[] element; } // ADT methods bool empty() const { return listSize == 0; } int size() const { return listSize; } T& get(int theIndex) const; int indexOf(const T& theElement) const; void erase(int theIndex); void insert(int theIndex, const T& theElement); void output(ostream& out) const; // additional method int capacity() const { return arrayLength; } void reverse(); // new defined // iterators to start and end of list class iterator; class seamlessPointer; seamlessPointer begin() { return seamlessPointer(element); } seamlessPointer end() { return seamlessPointer(element + listSize); } // iterator for arrayList class iterator { public: // typedefs required by C++ for a bidirectional iterator typedef bidirectional_iterator_tag iterator_category; typedef T value_type; typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type; typedef T* pointer; typedef T& reference; // constructor iterator(T* thePosition = 0) { position = thePosition; } // dereferencing operators T& operator*() const { return *position; } T* operator->() const { return position; } // increment iterator& operator++() // preincrement { ++position; return *this; } iterator operator++(int) // postincrement { iterator old = *this; ++position; return old; } // decrement iterator& operator--() // predecrement { --position; return *this; } iterator operator--(int) // postdecrement { iterator old = *this; --position; return old; } // equality testing bool operator!=(const iterator right) const { return position != right.position; } bool operator==(const iterator right) const { return position == right.position; } protected: T* position; }; // end of iterator class class seamlessPointer: public arrayList<T>::iterator { // constructor seamlessPointer(T *thePosition) { iterator::position = thePosition; } //arithmetic operators seamlessPointer & operator+(int n) { arrayList<T>::iterator::position += n; return *this; } seamlessPointer & operator+=(int n) { arrayList<T>::iterator::position += n; return *this; } seamlessPointer & operator-(int n) { arrayList<T>::iterator::position -= n; return *this; } seamlessPointer & operator-=(int n) { arrayList<T>::iterator::position -= n; return *this; } T& operator[](int n) { return arrayList<T>::iterator::position[n]; } bool operator<(seamlessPointer &rhs) { if(int(arrayList<T>::iterator::position - rhs.position) < 0) return true; return false; } bool operator<=(seamlessPointer & rhs) { if (int(arrayList<T>::iterator::position - rhs.position) <= 0) return true; return false; } bool operator >(seamlessPointer & rhs) { if (int(arrayList<T>::iterator::position - rhs.position) > 0) return true; return false; } bool operator >=(seamlessPointer &rhs) { if (int(arrayList<T>::iterator::position - rhs.position) >= 0) return true; return false; } }; protected: // additional members of arrayList void checkIndex(int theIndex) const; // throw illegalIndex if theIndex invalid T* element; // 1D array to hold list elements int arrayLength; // capacity of the 1D array int listSize; // number of elements in list }; #endif //main.cpp #include<iostream> #include"arrayList.h" #include<fstream> #include<algorithm> #include<string> using namespace std; bool compare_nocase (string first, string second) { unsigned int i=0; while ( (i<first.length()) && (i<second.length()) ) { if (tolower(first[i])<tolower(second[i])) return true; else if (tolower(first[i])>tolower(second[i])) return false; ++i; } if (first.length()<second.length()) return true; else return false; } int main() { ifstream fin; ofstream fout; string str; arrayList<string> dict; fin.open("dictionary"); if (!fin.good()) { cout << "Unable to open file" << endl; return 1; } int k=0; while(getline(fin,str)) { dict.insert(k,str); // cout<<dict.get(k)<<endl; k++; } //sort the array sort(dict.begin, dict.end(),compare_nocase); fout.open("sortedDictionary"); if (!fout.good()) { cout << "Cannot create file" << endl; return 1; } dict.output(fout); fin.close(); return 0; } Two errors are: ..\src\test.cpp: In function 'int main()': ..\src\test.cpp:50:44: error: no matching function for call to 'sort(<unresolved overloaded function type>, arrayList<std::basic_string<char> >::seamlessPointer, bool (&)(std::string, std::string))' ..\src\/arrayList.h: In member function 'arrayList<T>::seamlessPointer arrayList<T>::end() [with T = std::basic_string<char>]': ..\src\test.cpp:50:28: instantiated from here ..\src\/arrayList.h:114:3: error: 'arrayList<T>::seamlessPointer::seamlessPointer(T*) [with T = std::basic_string<char>]' is private ..\src\/arrayList.h:49:44: error: within this context Why do I get these errors? Update I add public: in the seamlessPointer class and change begin to begin() Then I got the following errors: ..\hw3prob2.cpp:50:46: instantiated from here c:\wascana\mingw\bin\../lib/gcc/mingw32/4.5.0/include/c++/bits/stl_algo.h:5250:4: error: no match for 'operator-' in '__last - __first' ..\/arrayList.h:129:21: note: candidate is: arrayList<T>::seamlessPointer& arrayList<T>::seamlessPointer::operator-(int) [with T = std::basic_string<char>, arrayList<T>::seamlessPointer = arrayList<std::basic_string<char> >::seamlessPointer] c:\wascana\mingw\bin\../lib/gcc/mingw32/4.5.0/include/c++/bits/stl_algo.h:5252:4: instantiated from 'void std::sort(_RAIter, _RAIter, _Compare) [with _RAIter = arrayList<std::basic_string<char> >::seamlessPointer, _Compare = bool (*)(std::basic_string<char>, std::basic_string<char>)]' ..\hw3prob2.cpp:50:46: instantiated from here c:\wascana\mingw\bin\../lib/gcc/mingw32/4.5.0/include/c++/bits/stl_algo.h:2190:7: error: no match for 'operator-' in '__last - __first' ..\/arrayList.h:129:21: note: candidate is: arrayList<T>::seamlessPointer& arrayList<T>::seamlessPointer::operator-(int) [with T = std::basic_string<char>, arrayList<T>::seamlessPointer = arrayList<std::basic_string<char> >::seamlessPointer] Then I add operator -() in the seamlessPointer class ptrdiff_t operator -(seamlessPointer &rhs) { return (arrayList<T>::iterator::position - rhs.position); } Then I compile successfully. But when I run it, I found memeory can not read error. I debug and step into and found the error happens in stl function template<typename _RandomAccessIterator, typename _Distance, typename _Tp, typename _Compare> void __adjust_heap(_RandomAccessIterator __first, _Distance __holeIndex, _Distance __len, _Tp __value, _Compare __comp) { const _Distance __topIndex = __holeIndex; _Distance __secondChild = __holeIndex; while (__secondChild < (__len - 1) / 2) { __secondChild = 2 * (__secondChild + 1); if (__comp(*(__first + __secondChild), *(__first + (__secondChild - 1)))) __secondChild--; *(__first + __holeIndex) = _GLIBCXX_MOVE(*(__first + __secondChild)); ////// stop here __holeIndex = __secondChild; } Of course, there must be something wrong with the customized operators of iterator. Does anyone know the possible reason? Thank you.

Read the article

Exporting a non public Type through public API

- by sachin

I am trying to follow Trees tutorial at: http://cslibrary.stanford.edu/110/BinaryTrees.html Here is the code I have written so far: package trees.bst; import java.util.ArrayList; import java.util.List; import java.util.StringTokenizer; /** * * @author sachin */ public class BinarySearchTree { Node root = null; class Node { Node left = null; Node right = null; int data = 0; public Node(int data) { this.left = null; this.right = null; this.data = data; } } public void insert(int data) { root = insert(data, root); } public boolean lookup(int data) { return lookup(data, root); } public void buildTree(int numNodes) { for (int i = 0; i < numNodes; i++) { int num = (int) (Math.random() * 10); System.out.println("Inserting number:" + num); insert(num); } } public int size() { return size(root); } public int maxDepth() { return maxDepth(root); } public int minValue() { return minValue(root); } public int maxValue() { return maxValue(root); } public void printTree() { //inorder traversal System.out.println("inorder traversal:"); printTree(root); System.out.println("\n--------------"); } public void printPostorder() { //inorder traversal System.out.println("printPostorder traversal:"); printPostorder(root); System.out.println("\n--------------"); } public int buildTreeFromOutputString(String op) { root = null; int i = 0; StringTokenizer st = new StringTokenizer(op); while (st.hasMoreTokens()) { String stNum = st.nextToken(); int num = Integer.parseInt(stNum); System.out.println("buildTreeFromOutputString: Inserting number:" + num); insert(num); i++; } return i; } public boolean hasPathSum(int pathsum) { return hasPathSum(pathsum, root); } public void mirror() { mirror(root); } public void doubleTree() { doubleTree(root); } public boolean sameTree(BinarySearchTree bst) { //is this tree same as another given tree? return sameTree(this.root, bst.getRoot()); } public void printPaths() { if (root == null) { System.out.println("print path sum: tree is empty"); } List pathSoFar = new ArrayList(); printPaths(root, pathSoFar); } ///-------------------------------------------Public helper functions public Node getRoot() { return root; } //Exporting a non public Type through public API ///-------------------------------------------Helper Functions private boolean isLeaf(Node node) { if (node == null) { return false; } if (node.left == null && node.right == null) { return true; } return false; } ///----------------------------------------------------------- private boolean sameTree(Node n1, Node n2) { if ((n1 == null && n2 == null)) { return true; } else { if ((n1 == null || n2 == null)) { return false; } else { if ((n1.data == n2.data)) { return (sameTree(n1.left, n2.left) && sameTree(n1.right, n2.right)); } } } return false; } private void doubleTree(Node node) { //create a copy //bypass the copy to continue looping if (node == null) { return; } Node copyNode = new Node(node.data); Node temp = node.left; node.left = copyNode; copyNode.left = temp; doubleTree(copyNode.left); doubleTree(node.right); } private void mirror(Node node) { if (node == null) { return; } Node temp = node.left; node.left = node.right; node.right = temp; mirror(node.left); mirror(node.right); } private void printPaths(Node node, List pathSoFar) { if (node == null) { return; } pathSoFar.add(node.data); if (isLeaf(node)) { System.out.println("path in tree:" + pathSoFar); pathSoFar.remove(pathSoFar.lastIndexOf(node.data)); //only the current node, a node.data may be duplicated return; } else { printPaths(node.left, pathSoFar); printPaths(node.right, pathSoFar); } } private boolean hasPathSum(int pathsum, Node node) { if (node == null) { return false; } int val = pathsum - node.data; boolean ret = false; if (val == 0 && isLeaf(node)) { ret = true; } else if (val == 0 && !isLeaf(node)) { ret = false; } else if (val != 0 && isLeaf(node)) { ret = false; } else if (val != 0 && !isLeaf(node)) { //recurse further ret = hasPathSum(val, node.left) || hasPathSum(val, node.right); } return ret; } private void printPostorder(Node node) { //inorder traversal if (node == null) { return; } printPostorder(node.left); printPostorder(node.right); System.out.print(" " + node.data); } private void printTree(Node node) { //inorder traversal if (node == null) { return; } printTree(node.left); System.out.print(" " + node.data); printTree(node.right); } private int minValue(Node node) { if (node == null) { //error case: this is not supported return -1; } if (node.left == null) { return node.data; } else { return minValue(node.left); } } private int maxValue(Node node) { if (node == null) { //error case: this is not supported return -1; } if (node.right == null) { return node.data; } else { return maxValue(node.right); } } private int maxDepth(Node node) { if (node == null || (node.left == null && node.right == null)) { return 0; } int ldepth = 1 + maxDepth(node.left); int rdepth = 1 + maxDepth(node.right); if (ldepth > rdepth) { return ldepth; } else { return rdepth; } } private int size(Node node) { if (node == null) { return 0; } return 1 + size(node.left) + size(node.right); } private Node insert(int data, Node node) { if (node == null) { node = new Node(data); } else if (data <= node.data) { node.left = insert(data, node.left); } else { node.right = insert(data, node.right); } //control should never reach here; return node; } private boolean lookup(int data, Node node) { if (node == null) { return false; } if (node.data == data) { return true; } if (data < node.data) { return lookup(data, node.left); } else { return lookup(data, node.right); } } public static void main(String[] args) { BinarySearchTree bst = new BinarySearchTree(); int treesize = 5; bst.buildTree(treesize); //treesize = bst.buildTreeFromOutputString("4 4 4 6 7"); treesize = bst.buildTreeFromOutputString("3 4 6 3 6"); //treesize = bst.buildTreeFromOutputString("10"); for (int i = 0; i < treesize; i++) { System.out.println("Searching:" + i + " found:" + bst.lookup(i)); } System.out.println("tree size:" + bst.size()); System.out.println("maxDepth :" + bst.maxDepth()); System.out.println("minvalue :" + bst.minValue()); System.out.println("maxvalue :" + bst.maxValue()); bst.printTree(); bst.printPostorder(); int pathSum = 10; System.out.println("hasPathSum " + pathSum + ":" + bst.hasPathSum(pathSum)); pathSum = 6; System.out.println("hasPathSum " + pathSum + ":" + bst.hasPathSum(pathSum)); pathSum = 19; System.out.println("hasPathSum " + pathSum + ":" + bst.hasPathSum(pathSum)); bst.printPaths(); bst.printTree(); //bst.mirror(); System.out.println("Tree after mirror function:"); bst.printTree(); //bst.doubleTree(); System.out.println("Tree after double function:"); bst.printTree(); System.out.println("tree size:" + bst.size()); System.out.println("Same tree:" + bst.sameTree(bst)); BinarySearchTree bst2 = new BinarySearchTree(); bst2.buildTree(treesize); treesize = bst2.buildTreeFromOutputString("3 4 6 3 6"); bst2.printTree(); System.out.println("Same tree:" + bst.sameTree(bst2)); System.out.println("---"); } } Now the problem is that netbeans shows Warning: Exporting a non public Type through public API for function getRoot(). I write this function to get root of tree to be used in sameTree() function, to help comparison of "this" with given tree. Perhaps this is a OOP design issue... How should I restructure the above code that I do not get this warning and what is the concept I am missing here?

Read the article

NSOperationQueue bug with dependencies

- by Daniel

I am using NSOperation and NSOperationQueue for performing a sequence of operations, all dependent on each other (2 on 1, 3 on 2, etc...). I set the dependency after I create the operations. I am encountering problems when the queue completes: the program crashes in the _release part of the code, apparently when the NSOperations are getting released. Note that they all get released at the end by the queue, because it is only after the very last one which depends on the second last one, which depends on etc... that they can be released. If I remove any dependency, the code runs fine. If I change waitUntilFinished: to NO, it crashes, if it is YES, it does not. I have isolated the problem to the following code which does not use any of my custom classes. NSOperation by default is a class that does absolutely nothing. Yet, this still crashes when all operations have completed. Therefore, it appears I am not using NSOperationQueue properly but can't see what is wrong. I am running on 10.9 and I have noticed that in general Maverick 10.9 is much more sensitive to these issues than 10.8. I call this method from the main Thread with a Menu item: - (void) testOperations:(id)object { NSOperationQueue* queue = [ [ NSOperationQueue alloc ] init ]; NSMutableArray* array = [ NSMutableArray array ]; for ( int i = 0; i < 10000; i++) [ array addObject: [[[ NSOperation alloc ] init ] autorelease ] ]; for ( int i = 1; i < [ array count ]; i++) [[ array objectAtIndex:i ] addDependency:[array objectAtIndex:i-1]]; // remove this and no crash [ queue addOperations: array waitUntilFinished:NO ]; // Change to YES, no crash [ queue autorelease ]; // or release, it does not make a difference, in fact leaking the memory makes no difference: the code crashes when the queue is removing the NSOperations } This will crash every single time with: bool objc::DenseMapBase , objc_object*, unsigned long, objc::DenseMapInfo, true: (EXC_BAD_ACCESS) The full stack is: #0 0x9104d81b in objc::DenseMapBase<objc::DenseMap<objc_object*, unsigned long, true, objc::DenseMapInfo<objc_object*> >, objc_object*, unsigned long, objc::DenseMapInfo<objc_object*>, true>::find(objc_object* const&) () #1 0x910384e3 in _objc_rootReleaseWasZero () #2 0x9104d5d9 in -[NSObject release] () #3 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #4 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #5 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #6 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #7 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #8 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #9 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #11 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #12 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #13 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #14 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #15 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #16 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #17 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #18 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #19 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #20 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #21 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #22 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #23 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #24 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #25 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #26 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #27 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #28 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #29 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #30 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #31 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #32 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #33 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #34 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #35 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #36 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #37 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #38 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #39 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #40 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #41 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #42 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #43 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #44 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #45 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #46 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #47 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #48 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #49 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #50 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10722 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10723 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10724 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10725 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10726 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10727 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10728 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10729 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10730 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10731 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10732 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10733 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10734 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10735 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10736 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10737 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10738 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10739 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10740 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10741 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10742 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10743 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10744 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10745 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10746 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10747 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10748 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10749 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10750 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10751 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10752 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10753 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10754 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10755 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10756 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10757 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10758 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10759 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10760 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10761 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10762 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10763 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10764 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10765 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10766 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10767 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10768 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10769 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10770 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10771 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10772 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10773 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10774 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10775 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10776 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10777 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10778 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10779 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10780 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10781 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10782 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10783 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10784 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10785 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10786 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10787 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10788 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10789 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10790 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10791 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10792 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10793 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10794 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10795 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10796 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10797 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10798 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10799 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10800 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10801 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10802 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10803 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10804 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10805 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10806 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10807 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10808 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10809 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10810 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10811 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10812 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10813 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10814 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10815 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10816 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10817 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10818 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10819 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10820 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10821 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10822 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10823 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10824 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10825 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10826 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10827 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10828 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10829 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10830 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10831 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10832 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10833 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10834 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10835 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10836 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10837 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10838 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10839 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10840 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10841 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10842 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10843 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10844 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10845 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10846 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10847 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10848 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10849 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10850 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10851 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10852 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10853 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10854 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10855 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10856 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10857 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10858 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10859 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10860 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10861 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10862 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10863 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10864 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10865 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10866 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10867 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10868 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10869 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10870 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10871 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10872 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10873 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10874 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10875 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10876 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10877 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10878 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10879 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10880 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10881 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10882 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10883 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10884 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10885 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10886 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10887 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10888 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10889 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10890 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10891 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10892 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10893 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10894 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10895 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10896 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10897 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10898 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10899 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10900 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10901 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10902 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10903 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10904 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10905 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10906 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10907 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10908 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10909 0x99e41224 in CFRelease () #10910 0x99e56277 in -[__NSArrayM dealloc] () #10911 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10912 0x97f62b22 in -[__NSOperationInternal dealloc] () #10913 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10914 0x97f62ac8 in -[NSOperation dealloc] () #10915 0x9104d5ef in -[NSObject release] () #10916 0x97f49cca in __NSOQSchedule_f () #10917 0x9c1c9e21 in _dispatch_async_redirect_invoke () #10918 0x9c1c53a6 in _dispatch_client_callout () #10919 0x9c1c7467 in _dispatch_root_queue_drain () #10920 0x9c1c8732 in _dispatch_worker_thread2 () #10921 0x960c2dab in _pthread_wqthread () The full crash context is (bold for crash line): libobjc.A.dylib`objc::DenseMapBase<objc::DenseMap<objc_object*, unsigned long, true, objc::DenseMapInfo<objc_object*> >, objc_object*, unsigned long, objc::DenseMapInfo<objc_object*>, true>::find(objc_object* const&): 0x9104d800: pushl %ebp 0x9104d801: movl %esp, %ebp 0x9104d803: pushl %esi 0x9104d804: subl $20, %esp 0x9104d807: leal -8(%ebp), %eax 0x9104d80a: movl %eax, 8(%esp) 0x9104d80e: movl 16(%ebp), %eax 0x9104d811: movl %eax, 4(%esp) 0x9104d815: movl 12(%ebp), %esi 0x9104d818: movl %esi, (%esp) **0x9104d81b: calll 0x9104d9b6 ; bool objc::DenseMapBase<objc::DenseMap<objc_object*, unsigned long, true, objc::DenseMapInfo<objc_object*> >, objc_object*, unsigned long, objc::DenseMapInfo<objc_object*>, true>::LookupBucketFor<objc_object*>(objc_object* const&, std::__1::pair<objc_object*, unsigned long> const*&) const** 0x9104d820: movl 12(%esi), %ecx 0x9104d823: shll $3, %ecx 0x9104d826: addl (%esi), %ecx 0x9104d828: movl 8(%ebp), %edx 0x9104d82b: testb %al, %al 0x9104d82d: je 0x9104d836 ; objc::DenseMapBase<objc::DenseMap<objc_object*, unsigned long, true, objc::DenseMapInfo<objc_object*> >, objc_object*, unsigned long, objc::DenseMapInfo<objc_object*>, true>::find(objc_object* const&) + 54 0x9104d82f: movl -8(%ebp), %eax 0x9104d832: movl %eax, (%edx) 0x9104d834: jmp 0x9104d838 ; objc::DenseMapBase<objc::DenseMap<objc_object*, unsigned long, true, objc::DenseMapInfo<objc_object*> >, objc_object*, unsigned long, objc::DenseMapInfo<objc_object*>, true>::find(objc_object* const&) + 56 0x9104d836: movl %ecx, (%edx) 0x9104d838: movl %ecx, 4(%edx) 0x9104d83b: addl $20, %esp 0x9104d83e: popl %esi 0x9104d83f: popl %ebp 0x9104d840: ret $4 0x9104d843: nop I tried using a pre-created queue, this makes no difference. Apparently, with dependencies, this code is a problem with XCode 5.0, 32-bit. Edit: In fact, I can isolate the problem much further. An empty Cocoa Application project in XCOde 5.0 on 10.9 with ARC on and a single method will crash. If it does not on your computer, increase 4269 to anything bigger: - (void)applicationDidFinishLaunching:(NSNotification *)aNotification { NSOperationQueue* aQueue = [[ NSOperationQueue alloc ] init ]; NSMutableArray* array = [ NSMutableArray array ]; for ( int i = 0; i < 4269; i++) [ array addObject: [ [NSOperation alloc ] init ]]; for ( int i = 1; i < [ array count ]; i++) [[ array objectAtIndex:i ] addDependency:[array objectAtIndex:i-1]]; [ aQueue addOperations: array waitUntilFinished:NO ]; }

Read the article

Adding Functions to an Implementation of Vector

- by Meursault

I have this implementation of vector that I've been working on for a few days using examples from a textbook: #include <iostream> #include <string> #include <cassert> #include <algorithm> #include <cstring> // Vector.h using namespace std; template <class T> class Vector { public: typedef T * iterator; Vector(); Vector(unsigned int size); Vector(unsigned int size, const T & initial); Vector(const Vector<T> & v); // copy constructor ~Vector(); unsigned int capacity() const; // return capacity of vector (in elements) unsigned int size() const; // return the number of elements in the vector bool empty() const; iterator begin(); // return an iterator pointing to the first element iterator end(); // return an iterator pointing to one past the last element T & front(); // return a reference to the first element T & back(); // return a reference to the last element void push_back(const T & value); // add a new element void pop_back(); // remove the last element void reserve(unsigned int capacity); // adjust capacity void resize(unsigned int size); // adjust size void erase(unsigned int size); // deletes an element from the vector T & operator[](unsigned int index); // return reference to numbered element Vector<T> & operator=(const Vector<T> &); private: unsigned int my_size; unsigned int my_capacity; T * buffer; }; template<class T>// Vector<T>::Vector() { my_capacity = 0; my_size = 0; buffer = 0; } template<class T> Vector<T>::Vector(const Vector<T> & v) { my_size = v.my_size; my_capacity = v.my_capacity; buffer = new T[my_size]; for (int i = 0; i < my_size; i++) buffer[i] = v.buffer[i]; } template<class T>// Vector<T>::Vector(unsigned int size) { my_capacity = size; my_size = size; buffer = new T[size]; } template<class T>// Vector<T>::Vector(unsigned int size, const T & initial) { my_size = size; //added = size my_capacity = size; buffer = new T [size]; for (int i = 0; i < size; i++) buffer[i] = initial; } template<class T>// Vector<T> & Vector<T>::operator = (const Vector<T> & v) { delete[ ] buffer; my_size = v.my_size; my_capacity = v.my_capacity; buffer = new T [my_size]; for (int i = 0; i < my_size; i++) buffer[i] = v.buffer[i]; return *this; } template<class T>// typename Vector<T>::iterator Vector<T>::begin() { return buffer; } template<class T>// typename Vector<T>::iterator Vector<T>::end() { return buffer + size(); } template<class T>// T& Vector<T>::Vector<T>::front() { return buffer[0]; } template<class T>// T& Vector<T>::Vector<T>::back() { return buffer[size - 1]; } template<class T> void Vector<T>::push_back(const T & v) { if (my_size >= my_capacity) reserve(my_capacity +5); buffer [my_size++] = v; } template<class T>// void Vector<T>::pop_back() { my_size--; } template<class T>// void Vector<T>::reserve(unsigned int capacity) { if(buffer == 0) { my_size = 0; my_capacity = 0; } if (capacity <= my_capacity) return; T * new_buffer = new T [capacity]; assert(new_buffer); copy (buffer, buffer + my_size, new_buffer); my_capacity = capacity; delete[] buffer; buffer = new_buffer; } template<class T>// unsigned int Vector<T>::size()const { return my_size; } template<class T>// void Vector<T>::resize(unsigned int size) { reserve(size); my_size = size; } template<class T>// T& Vector<T>::operator[](unsigned int index) { return buffer[index]; } template<class T>// unsigned int Vector<T>::capacity()const { return my_capacity; } template<class T>// Vector<T>::~Vector() { delete[]buffer; } template<class T> void Vector<T>::erase(unsigned int size) { } int main() { Vector<int> v; v.reserve(2); assert(v.capacity() == 2); Vector<string> v1(2); assert(v1.capacity() == 2); assert(v1.size() == 2); assert(v1[0] == ""); assert(v1[1] == ""); v1[0] = "hi"; assert(v1[0] == "hi"); Vector<int> v2(2, 7); assert(v2[1] == 7); Vector<int> v10(v2); assert(v10[1] == 7); Vector<string> v3(2, "hello"); assert(v3.size() == 2); assert(v3.capacity() == 2); assert(v3[0] == "hello"); assert(v3[1] == "hello"); v3.resize(1); assert(v3.size() == 1); assert(v3[0] == "hello"); Vector<string> v4 = v3; assert(v4.size() == 1); assert(v4[0] == v3[0]); v3[0] = "test"; assert(v4[0] != v3[0]); assert(v4[0] == "hello"); v3.pop_back(); assert(v3.size() == 0); Vector<int> v5(7, 9); Vector<int>::iterator it = v5.begin(); while (it != v5.end()) { assert(*it == 9); ++it; } Vector<int> v6; v6.push_back(100); assert(v6.size() == 1); assert(v6[0] == 100); v6.push_back(101); assert(v6.size() == 2); assert(v6[0] == 100); v6.push_back(101); cout << "SUCCESS\n"; } So far it works pretty well, but I want to add a couple of functions to it that I can't find examples for, a SWAP function that would look at two elements of the vector and switch their values and and an ERASE function that would delete a specific value or range of values in the vector. How should I begin implementing the two extra functions?

Read the article

Help with Boost Spirit ASTs

- by Decmac04

I am writing a small tool for analyzing simple B Machine substitutions as part of a college research work. The code successfully parse test inputs of the form mySubst := var1 + var2. However, I get a pop-up error message saying "This application has requested the Runtime to terminate it in an unusual way. " In the command prompt window, I get an "Assertion failed message". The main program is given below: // BMachineTree.cpp : Defines the entry point for the console application. // /*============================================================================= Copyright (c) 2010 Temitope Onunkun =============================================================================*/ /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // UUsing Boost Spririt Trees (AST) to parse B Machine Substitutions. // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// #define BOOST_SPIRIT_DUMP_PARSETREE_AS_XML #include <boost/spirit/core.hpp> #include <boost/spirit/tree/ast.hpp> #include <boost/spirit/tree/tree_to_xml.hpp> #include "BMachineTreeGrammar.hpp" #include <iostream> #include <stack> #include <functional> #include <string> #include <cassert> #include <vector> #if defined(BOOST_SPIRIT_DUMP_PARSETREE_AS_XML) #include <map> #endif // Using AST to parse B Machine substitutions //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// using namespace std; using namespace boost::spirit; typedef char const* iterator_t; typedef tree_match<iterator_t> parse_tree_match_t; typedef parse_tree_match_t::tree_iterator iter_t; //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// string evaluate(parse_tree_match_t hit); string eval_machine(iter_t const& i); vector<string> dx; string evaluate(tree_parse_info<> info) { return eval_machine(info.trees.begin()); } string eval_machine(iter_t const& i) { cout << "In eval_machine. i->value = " << string(i->value.begin(), i->value.end()) << " i->children.size() = " << i->children.size() << endl; if (i->value.id() == substitution::leafValueID) { assert(i->children.size() == 0); // extract string tokens string leafValue(i->value.begin(), i->value.end()); dx.push_back(leafValue.c_str()); return leafValue.c_str(); } // else if (i->value.id() == substitution::termID) { if ( (*i->value.begin() == '*') || (*i->value.begin() == '/') ) { assert(i->children.size() == 2); dx.push_back( eval_machine(i->children.begin()) ); dx.push_back( eval_machine(i->children.begin()+1) ); return eval_machine(i->children.begin()) + " " + eval_machine(i->children.begin()+1); } // else assert(0); } else if (i->value.id() == substitution::expressionID) { if ( (*i->value.begin() == '+') || (*i->value.begin() == '-') ) { assert(i->children.size() == 2); dx.push_back( eval_machine(i->children.begin()) ); dx.push_back( eval_machine(i->children.begin()+1) ); return eval_machine(i->children.begin()) + " " + eval_machine(i->children.begin()+1); } else assert(0); } // else if (i->value.id() == substitution::simple_substID) { if (*i->value.begin() == (':' >> '=') ) { assert(i->children.size() == 2); dx.push_back( eval_machine(i->children.begin()) ); dx.push_back( eval_machine(i->children.begin()+1) ); return eval_machine(i->children.begin()) + "|->" + eval_machine(i->children.begin()+1); } else assert(0); } else { assert(0); // error } return 0; } //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// int main() { // look in BMachineTreeGrammar for the definition of BMachine substitution BMach_subst; cout << "/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////\n\n"; cout << "\t\tB Machine Substitution...\n\n"; cout << "/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////\n\n"; cout << "Type an expression...or [q or Q] to quit\n\n"; string str; while (getline(cin, str)) { if (str.empty() || str[0] == 'q' || str[0] == 'Q') break; tree_parse_info<> info = ast_parse(str.c_str(), BMach_subst, space_p); if (info.full) { #if defined(BOOST_SPIRIT_DUMP_PARSETREE_AS_XML) // dump parse tree as XML std::map<parser_id, std::string> rule_names; rule_names[substitution::identifierID] = "identifier"; rule_names[substitution::leafValueID] = "leafValue"; rule_names[substitution::factorID] = "factor"; rule_names[substitution::termID] = "term"; rule_names[substitution::expressionID] = "expression"; rule_names[substitution::simple_substID] = "simple_subst"; tree_to_xml(cout, info.trees, str.c_str(), rule_names); #endif // print the result cout << "Variables in Vector dx: " << endl; for(vector<string>::iterator idx = dx.begin(); idx < dx.end(); ++idx) cout << *idx << endl; cout << "parsing succeeded\n"; cout << "result = " << evaluate(info) << "\n\n"; } else { cout << "parsing failed\n"; } } cout << "Bye... :-) \n\n"; return 0; } The grammar, defined in BMachineTreeGrammar.hpp file is given below: /*============================================================================= Copyright (c) 2010 Temitope Onunkun http://www.dcs.kcl.ac.uk/pg/onun Use, modification and distribution is subject to the Boost Software License, Version 1.0. (See accompanying file LICENSE_1_0.txt or copy at http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt) =============================================================================*/ #ifndef BOOST_SPIRIT_BMachineTreeGrammar_HPP_ #define BOOST_SPIRIT_BMachineTreeGrammar_HPP_ using namespace boost::spirit; /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // Using Boost Spririt Trees (AST) to parse B Machine Substitutions. // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // B Machine Grammar // //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// struct substitution : public grammar<substitution> { static const int identifierID = 1; static const int leafValueID = 2; static const int factorID = 3; static const int termID = 4; static const int expressionID = 5; static const int simple_substID = 6; template <typename ScannerT> struct definition { definition(substitution const& ) { // Start grammar definition identifier = alpha_p >> (+alnum_p | ch_p('_') ) ; leafValue = leaf_node_d[ lexeme_d[ identifier | +digit_p ] ] ; factor = leafValue | inner_node_d[ ch_p( '(' ) >> expression >> ch_p(')' ) ] ; term = factor >> *( (root_node_d[ch_p('*') ] >> factor ) | (root_node_d[ch_p('/') ] >> factor ) ); expression = term >> *( (root_node_d[ch_p('+') ] >> term ) | (root_node_d[ch_p('-') ] >> term ) ); simple_subst= leaf_node_d[ lexeme_d[ identifier ] ] >> root_node_d[str_p(":=")] >> expression ; // End grammar definition // turn on the debugging info. BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_RULE(identifier); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_RULE(leafValue); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_RULE(factor); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_RULE(term); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_RULE(expression); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_RULE(simple_subst); } rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<simple_substID> > simple_subst; rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<expressionID> > expression; rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<termID> > term; rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<factorID> > factor; rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<leafValueID> > leafValue; rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<identifierID> > identifier; rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<simple_substID> > const& start() const { return simple_subst; } }; }; #endif The output I get on running the program is: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// B Machine Substitution... ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// Type an expression...or [q or Q] to quit mySubst := var1 - var2 parsing succeeded In eval_machine. i->value = := i->children.size() = 2 Assertion failed: 0, file c:\redmound\bmachinetree\bmachinetree\bmachinetree.cpp , line 114 I will appreciate any help in resolving this problem.

Read the article

Original object is also changed when values of cloned object are changed.

- by fari

I am trying to use clone but the original object is also changed when values of cloned object are changed. As you can see KalaGameState does not use any objects so a shallow copy should work. /** * This class represents the current state of a Kala game, including * which player's turn it is along with the state of the board; i.e. the * numbers of stones in each side pit, and each player's 'kala'). */ public class KalaGameState implements Cloneable { // your code goes here private int turn; private int[] sidePit; private boolean game; public Object clone() { try { return super.clone(); } catch (CloneNotSupportedException e) { // This should never happen throw new InternalError(e.toString()); } } /** * Constructs a new GameState with a specified number of stones in each * player's side pits. * @param startingStones the number of starting stones in each side pit. * @throws InvalidStartingStonesException if startingStones not in the range 1-10. */ public KalaGameState(int startingStones) throws InvalidStartingStonesException { game=true; turn=0; sidePit=new int[14]; for (int i=0; i <= 13 ; i++) { sidePit[i] = startingStones; } sidePit[6] =0; sidePit[13] =0; // your code goes here } /** * Returns the ID of the player whose turn it is. * @return A value of 0 = Player A, 1 = Player B. */ public int getTurn() { return turn; // your code goes here } /** * Returns the current kala for a specified player. * @param playerNum A value of 0 for Player A, 1 for Player B. * @throws IllegalPlayerNumException if the playerNum parameter * is not 0 or 1. */ public int getKala(int playerNum) throws IllegalPlayerNumException { if(playerNum!=0 || playerNum!=1) throw new IllegalPlayerNumException(playerNum); if(playerNum==0) return sidePit[6]; else return sidePit[13]; // your code goes here } /** * Returns the current number of stones in the specified pit for * the player whose turn it is. * @param sidePitNum the side pit being queried in the range 1-6. * @throws IllegalSidePitNumException if the sidePitNum parameter. * is not in the range 1-6. */ public int getNumStones(int sidePitNum) throws IllegalSidePitNumException { if(turn==0) { if(sidePitNum>6 ) throw new IllegalSidePitNumException(sidePitNum); } else if(sidePitNum>12) throw new IllegalSidePitNumException(sidePitNum); if(turn==0) return sidePit[sidePitNum]; else return sidePit[sidePitNum+6]; // your code goes here } /** * Returns the current number of stones in the specified pit for a specified player. * @param playerNum the player whose kala is sought. (0 = Player A, 1 = Player B). * @param sidePitNum the side pit being queried (in the range 1-6). * @throws IllegalPlayerNumException if the playerNum parameter is not 0 or 1. * @throws IllegalSidePitNumException if the sidePitNum parameter is not in the * range 1-6. */ public int getNumStones(int playerNum, int sidePitNum) throws IllegalPlayerNumException, IllegalSidePitNumException { /*if(playerNum>2) throw new IllegalPlayerNumException(playerNum); if(turn==0) { if(sidePitNum>6 ) throw new IllegalSidePitNumException(sidePitNum); } else if(sidePitNum>12) throw new IllegalSidePitNumException(sidePitNum); */ if(playerNum==0) return sidePit[sidePitNum]; else if(playerNum==1) return sidePit[sidePitNum+7]; else return sidePit[sidePitNum]; } /** * Returns the current score for a specified player - the player's * kala plus the number of stones in each of their side pits. * @param playerNum the player whose kala is sought. (0 = Player A, 1 = Player B). * @throws IllegalPlayerNumException if the playerNum parameter is not 0 or 1. */ public int getScore(int playerNum) throws IllegalPlayerNumException { if(playerNum>1) throw new IllegalPlayerNumException(playerNum); int score=0; if(playerNum==0) { for(int i=0;i<=5;i++) score=score+sidePit[i]; score=score+sidePit[6]; } else { for(int i=7;i<=12;i++) score=score+sidePit[i]; score=score+sidePit[13]; } // your code goes here return score; } private int getSidePitArrayIndex(int sidePitNum) throws IllegalSidePitNumException { if(turn==0) { if(sidePitNum>6 ) throw new IllegalSidePitNumException(sidePitNum); } else if(sidePitNum>12) throw new IllegalSidePitNumException(sidePitNum); if(turn==0) { return sidePitNum--; } else { return sidePitNum+6; } } public boolean gameOver() { int stone=0; if(turn==0) for(int i=0;i<=5;i++) stone=stone+getNumStones(i); else for(int i=7;i<=12;i++) stone=stone+getNumStones(i-7); if (stone==0) game=false; return game; } /** * Makes a move for the player whose turn it is. * @param sidePitNum the side pit being queried (should be in the range 1-6) * @throws IllegalSidePitNumException if the sidePitNum parameter is not in the range 1-6. * @throws IllegalMoveException if the side pit is empty and has no stones in it. */ public void makeMove(int sidePitNum) throws IllegalSidePitNumException, IllegalMoveException { if(turn==0) { if(sidePitNum>6 ) throw new IllegalSidePitNumException(sidePitNum); } else if(sidePitNum>12) throw new IllegalSidePitNumException(sidePitNum); /* if(turn==0) { if(sidePit[sidePitNum-1]==0) throw new IllegalMoveException(sidePitNum); } else { if(sidePit[sidePitNum-1+7]==0) throw new IllegalMoveException(sidePitNum); } */ sidePitNum--; int temp=sidePitNum; int pitNum=sidePitNum+1; int stones=getNumStones(turn,sidePitNum); if(turn==0) sidePit[sidePitNum]=0; else { sidePitNum=sidePitNum+7; sidePit[sidePitNum]=0; pitNum=pitNum+7; } while(stones!=0) { if(turn==0) { sidePit[pitNum]=sidePit[pitNum]+1; stones--; pitNum++; if(pitNum==13) pitNum=0; } else { sidePit[pitNum]=sidePit[pitNum]+1; stones--; pitNum++; if(pitNum==6) pitNum=7; else if(pitNum==14) pitNum=0; } } boolean res=anotherTurn(pitNum); if(!res){ capture(pitNum,temp); if(turn==0) turn=1; else turn=0;} } private boolean anotherTurn(int pitNum) {pitNum--; boolean temp=false; if(turn==0) {if(pitNum==6) {turn=0; temp=true; } } else if(pitNum==-1) {turn=1; temp=true; } return temp; } private void capture(int pitNum, int pit) { pitNum--; if(turn==0){ if(sidePit[pitNum]==1 && pitNum<6) { if(pitNum==0) { sidePit[6]=sidePit[6]+sidePit[12]+1; sidePit[12]=0; } else if(pitNum==1) { sidePit[6]=sidePit[6]+sidePit[11]+1; sidePit[11]=0; } else if(pitNum==2) { sidePit[6]=sidePit[6]+sidePit[10]+1; sidePit[10]=0; } else if(pitNum==3) { sidePit[6]=sidePit[6]+sidePit[9]+1; sidePit[9]=0; } else if(pitNum==4) { sidePit[6]=sidePit[6]+sidePit[8]+1; sidePit[8]=0; } else if(pitNum==5) { sidePit[6]=sidePit[6]+sidePit[7]+1; sidePit[7]=0; } sidePit[pitNum]=0; } } if(turn==1) { //pitNum=pitNum; if(sidePit[pitNum]==1 && pit+7>6) { if(pitNum==7) { sidePit[13]=sidePit[13]+sidePit[5]+1; sidePit[7]=0; } else if(pitNum==8) { sidePit[13]=sidePit[13]+sidePit[4]+1; sidePit[4]=0; } else if(pitNum==9) { sidePit[13]=sidePit[13]+sidePit[3]+1; sidePit[3]=0; } else if(pitNum==10) { sidePit[13]=sidePit[13]+sidePit[2]+1; sidePit[2]=0; } else if(pitNum==11) { sidePit[13]=sidePit[13]+sidePit[1]+1; sidePit[1]=0; } else if(pitNum==12) { sidePit[13]=sidePit[13]+sidePit[0]+1; sidePit[0]=0; } sidePit[pitNum]=0; } } } } import java.io.BufferedReader; import java.io.InputStreamReader; public class RandomPlayer extends KalaPlayer{ //KalaGameState state; public int chooseMove(KalaGameState gs) throws NoMoveAvailableException {int[] moves; moves=getMoves(gs); try{ for(int i=0;i<=5;i++) System.out.println(moves[i]); for(int i=0;i<=5;i++) { if(moves[i]==1) { KalaGameState state=(KalaGameState) gs.clone(); state.makeMove(moves[i]); gs.getTurn(); moves[i]=evalValue(state.getScore(0),state.getScore(1)); } } } catch(IllegalMoveException e) { System.out.println(e); //chooseMove(state); } return 10; } private int evalValue(int score0,int score1) { int score=0; //int score0=0; // int score1=0; //getScore(0); //score1=state.getScore(1); //if((state.getTurn())==0) score=score1-score0; //else //score=score1-score0; System.out.println("score: "+score); return score; } public int[] getMoves(KalaGameState gs) { int[] moves=new int[6]; for(int i=1;i<=6;i++) { if(gs.getNumStones(i)!=0) moves[i-1]=1; else moves[i-1]=0; } return moves; } } Can you explain what is going wrong, please?

Read the article

Problem after adding <form>?

- by Mahmoud

When i added <form> to my web page, all my javascript stopped working, and when i put the form at the begining of my table submit wont work, what i am doing wrong. below is my code <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /> <title>Sabay Afrah.Inc | Contact Us</title> <script src="js/clear.js" language="javascript" type="text/javascript"></script> <script src="js/SpryValidationSelect.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <script type="text/jscript"> function Checking(form){ if(empty(form.fname.value){ alert("do nothing"); } } </script> <style type="text/css">  </style> <link href="theme/style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> <link href="theme/SpryValidationSelect.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <form action="enterdb.php" method="post"> <table width="1000" border="0" align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0"> <tr> <td align="center"> </td> </tr> <tr> <td><table width="1006" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"> <tr> <td width="4"> </td> <td width="93" align="right"> </td> <td width="4"> </td> <td width="374" ><img src="images/logo.png" width="230" height="114" /></td> <td width="426" align="right" class="address"> 10 GlenLake parkway<br /> Suite 130, mailbox # 76<br /> Atlanta, GA 30328<br /> Phone #: + 678-222-3442<br /> Fax #: +678-222-3401<br /> Office hours: M-F 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.<br /> </td> <td width="99"> </td> </tr> <tr> <td colspan="5"><table width="600" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"> <tr> <td> </td> <td class="title"> </td> </tr> <tr> <td width="84"><br /></td> <td width="516" class="title">Contact Us</td> </tr> </table></td> <td> </td> </tr> </table></td> </tr> <tr> <td> <table width="883" border="0" align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0"> <tr class="table"> <td width="27" rowspan="10" bgcolor="#330099" class="textable"> </td> <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#330099" class="textable"> </td> <td width="29" rowspan="8" bgcolor="#330099" class="textable"> </td> <td colspan="3" class="textable"> </td> </tr> <tr > <td width="139" height="31" bgcolor="#330099" class="textable">First Name:</td> <td> <input id="fname" name="fname" type="text" size="40" /> </td> <td width="150" class="textable">Last Name:</td> <td width="265" class="textable"><table width="200" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"> <tr> <td ><table width="200" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"> <tr> <td ><input id="lname" name="lname" type="text" size="40" /></td> </tr> </table></td> </tr> </table></td> <td width="32" class="textable"> </td> </tr> <tr> <td height="30" class="textable">Subject:</td> <td> <span id="spryselect1"> <label> <select name="sub" id="sub"> <option> Choose a Subject</option> <option> General Question</option> <option> MemberShip Area</option> <option> Others</option> </select> </label> <span class="selectRequiredMsg">Please select a Subject.</span></span> </td> <td colspan="3" class="textable"> </td> </tr> <tr> <td height="33" class="textable">Company Name:</td> <td> <input id="cname" name="cname" type="text" size="40" /></td> <td class="textable">Company Address:</td> <td class="textable"><table width="200" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"> <tr> <td><input id="cadd" name="cadd" type="text" size="40" onclick="" /></td> </tr> </table></td> <td class="textable"> </td> </tr> <tr> <td height="31" class="textable">Phone Number:</td> <td><input id="phonen" name="phonen" type="text" size="40" /> </td> <td colspan="3" rowspan="4" class="textable"> </td> </tr> <tr> <td height="31" class="textable">Fax Number:</td><td> <input id="faxn" name="faxn" type="text" size="40" /></td> </tr> <tr> <td height="32" class="textable">Email Address:</td><td><input id="email" name="email" type="text" size="40" /></td> </tr> <tr> <td colspan="2" class="textable"> </td> </tr> <tr> <td valign="top" class="textable">Additional Information:</td> <td colspan="5" class="textable"><table width="600" border="0" align="left" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0"> <tr> <td colspan="2" align="center"> <textarea id="add" name="add" cols="70" rows="10" /></textarea> </td> </tr> <tr> <td align="center" class="textable"> <input name="Submit" type="submit" value="Submit" onclick="Checking()"/> </td> <td align="center" class="textable"> <input type="reset" value="Clear" /> </td> </tr> </table></td> </tr> <tr> <td colspan="6" class="textable"> </td> </tr> </table></td> </tr> </table> </form> <script type="text/javascript">  </script> </body> </html>

Read the article

Component returned failure code: 0x80600011 [nsIXSLTProcessorObsolete.transformDocument]

- by Sean Ochoa

So, I'm using the XSLT plugin for JQuery, and here's my code: function AddPlotcardEventHandlers(){ // some code } function reportError(exception){ alert(exception.constructor.name + " Exception: " + ((exception.name) ? exception.name : "[unknown name]") + " - " + exception.message); } function GetPlotcards(){ $("#content").xslt("../xml/plotcards.xml","../xslt/plotcards.xsl", AddPlotcardEventHandlers,reportError); } Here's the modified jquery plugin. I say that its modified because I've added callbacks for success and error handling. /* * jquery.xslt.js * * Copyright (c) 2005-2008 Johann Burkard (<mailto:[email protected]>) * <http://eaio.com> * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: * * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN * NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE * USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * */ /** * jQuery client-side XSLT plugins. * * @author <a href="mailto:[email protected]">Johann Burkard</a> * @version $Id: jquery.xslt.js,v 1.10 2008/08/29 21:34:24 Johann Exp $ */ (function($) { $.fn.xslt = function() { return this; } var str = /^\s*</; if (document.recalc) { // IE 5+ $.fn.xslt = function(xml, xslt, onSuccess, onError) { try{ var target = $(this); var change = function() { try{ var c = 'complete'; if (xm.readyState == c && xs.readyState == c) { window.setTimeout(function() { target.html(xm.transformNode(xs.XMLDocument)); if (onSuccess) onSuccess(); }, 50); } }catch(exception){ if (onError) onError(exception); } }; var xm = document.createElement('xml'); xm.onreadystatechange = change; xm[str.test(xml) ? "innerHTML" : "src"] = xml; var xs = document.createElement('xml'); xs.onreadystatechange = change; xs[str.test(xslt) ? "innerHTML" : "src"] = xslt; $('body').append(xm).append(xs); return this; }catch(exception){ if (onError) onError(exception); } }; } else if (window.DOMParser != undefined && window.XMLHttpRequest != undefined && window.XSLTProcessor != undefined) { // Mozilla 0.9.4+, Opera 9+ var processor = new XSLTProcessor(); var support = false; if ($.isFunction(processor.transformDocument)) { support = window.XMLSerializer != undefined; } else { support = true; } if (support) { $.fn.xslt = function(xml, xslt, onSuccess, onError) { try{ var target = $(this); var transformed = false; var xm = { readyState: 4 }; var xs = { readyState: 4 }; var change = function() { try{ if (xm.readyState == 4 && xs.readyState == 4 && !transformed) { var processor = new XSLTProcessor(); if ($.isFunction(processor.transformDocument)) { // obsolete Mozilla interface resultDoc = document.implementation.createDocument("", "", null); processor.transformDocument(xm.responseXML, xs.responseXML, resultDoc, null); target.html(new XMLSerializer().serializeToString(resultDoc)); } else { processor.importStylesheet(xs.responseXML); resultDoc = processor.transformToFragment(xm.responseXML, document); target.empty().append(resultDoc); } transformed = true; if (onSuccess) onSuccess(); } }catch(exception){ if (onError) onError(exception); } }; if (str.test(xml)) { xm.responseXML = new DOMParser().parseFromString(xml, "text/xml"); } else { xm = $.ajax({ dataType: "xml", url: xml}); xm.onreadystatechange = change; } if (str.test(xslt)) { xs.responseXML = new DOMParser().parseFromString(xslt, "text/xml"); change(); } else { xs = $.ajax({ dataType: "xml", url: xslt}); xs.onreadystatechange = change; } }catch(exception){ if (onError) onError(exception); }finally{ return this; } }; } } })(jQuery); And, here's my error msg: Object Exception: [unknown name] - Component returned failure code: 0x80600011 [nsIXSLTProcessorObsolete.transformDocument] Here's the info on the browser that I'm using for testing (with firebug v1.5.4 add-on installed): Mozilla/5.0 (Windows; U; Windows NT 6.1; en-US; rv:1.9.2.3) Gecko/20100401 Firefox/3.6.3 Here's my XML: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?> <plotcardCollection sortby="order"> <plotcard order="2" id="1378"> <name><![CDATA[[placeholder for name of plotcard 1378]]]></name> <content><![CDATA[[placeholder for content of plotcard 1378]]]></content> <tagCollection> <tag id="3"><![CDATA[[placeholder for tag with id=3]]]></tag> <tag id="7"><![CDATA[[placeholder for tag with id=7]]]></tag> </tagCollection> </plotcard> <plotcard order="1" id="2156"> <name><![CDATA[[placeholder for name of plotcard 2156]]]></name> <content><![CDATA[[placeholder for content of plotcard 2156]]]></content> <tagCollection> <tag id="2"><![CDATA[[placeholder for tag with id=2]]]></tag> <tag id="9"><![CDATA[[placeholder for tag with id=9]]]></tag> </tagCollection> </plotcard> </plotcardCollection> Here's my XSLT: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"> <xsl:template match="/plotcardCollection"> <xsl:variable name="sortby" select="@sortby" /> <xsl:for-each select="plotcard"> <xsl:sort select="$sortby" data-type="number" order="ascending"/> <div>  <xsl:attribute name="class">Plotcard</xsl:attribute> <xsl:for-each select="@"> <xsl:value-of select="name()"/> <xsl:text>='</xsl:text> <xsl:if test="name() = 'id'"> <xsl:text>Plotcard-</xsl:text> </xsl:if> <xsl:value-of select="." /> <xsl:text>'</xsl:text> </xsl:for-each>  <div> <xsl:attribute name="class"> <xsl:text disable-output-escaping="yes">PlotcardName</xsl:text> </xsl:attribute> <xsl:value-of select="name/text()"/> </div>  <div> <xsl:attribute name="class"> <xsl:text disable-output-escaping="yes">PlotcardContent</xsl:text> </xsl:attribute> <xsl:value-of select="content/text()"/> </div> </div> </xsl:for-each> </xsl:template> </xsl:stylesheet> I'm really not sure what to do about this.... any thoughts?

Read the article

Get to know what HTML-button is clicked with PHP, no Name of value available

- by koko

I have a wizard with 4 steps and in one of the steps, you can add items. By default, there are 3 time 5 empty input-fields listed. When you click a button, there have to be added some more. The 3 times 5 fields are added by a loop. How can I determine where I have to add some fields (in the first 5 field of the second or the third). I can't use another name for every button, because sometimes there can be more then 3 groups of 5 fields. In my code (PHP), I use the name of the button to know what happened in the form, so the name can't be different for the button in every group ... Further, the whole step is 1 form, so the post can't go to another script ... The value of the button has to be the same for every group. I've been thinking on possible solutions and these came up: On click a javascript adds a value to the post (in a hidden field?) But is this posted with the form? Could it be possible to get the ID of the clicked button? This might be different :-) I need a refresh after the click, so pure javascript isn't a solution either ... It is a very specific question, but I hope someone can give me some direction. Here is the code I'm talking about: <h3><label class="list_list:table_title">Eten</label></h3> <table id="eten"> <thead> <tr> <th>Naam item</th> <th>Aantal</th> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <tr> <td class="item"><input type="text" name="item_1_1" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="46" tabindex="11"/></td> <td class="amount"><input type="text" name="amount_1_1" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="10" tabindex="11"/></td> </tr> <tr> <td class="item"><input type="text" name="item_1_2" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="46" tabindex="12"/></td> <td class="amount"><input type="text" name="amount_1_2" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="10" tabindex="12"/></td> </tr> <tr> <td class="item"><input type="text" name="item_1_3" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="46" tabindex="13"/></td> <td class="amount"><input type="text" name="amount_1_3" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="10" tabindex="13"/></td> </tr> <tr> <td class="item"><input type="text" name="item_1_4" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="46" tabindex="14"/></td> <td class="amount"><input type="text" name="amount_1_4" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="10" tabindex="14"/></td> </tr> <tr> <td class="item"><input type="text" name="item_1_5" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="46" tabindex="15"/></td> <td class="amount"><input type="text" name="amount_1_5" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="10" tabindex="15"/></td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <input id="list_list:add" type="submit" name="list_list:add" value="voeg extra items toe" class="add" /> <div class="spacer"></div> <h3><label class="list_list:table_title">Drinken</label></h3> <table id="drinken"> <thead> <tr> <th>Naam item</th> <th>Aantal</th> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <tr> <td class="item"><input type="text" name="item_2_1" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="46" tabindex="21"/></td> <td class="amount"><input type="text" name="amount_2_1" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="10" tabindex="21"/></td> </tr> <tr> <td class="item"><input type="text" name="item_2_2" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="46" tabindex="22"/></td> <td class="amount"><input type="text" name="amount_2_2" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="10" tabindex="22"/></td> </tr> <tr> <td class="item"><input type="text" name="item_2_3" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="46" tabindex="23"/></td> <td class="amount"><input type="text" name="amount_2_3" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="10" tabindex="23"/></td> </tr> <tr> <td class="item"><input type="text" name="item_2_4" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="46" tabindex="24"/></td> <td class="amount"><input type="text" name="amount_2_4" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="10" tabindex="24"/></td> </tr> <tr> <td class="item"><input type="text" name="item_2_5" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="46" tabindex="25"/></td> <td class="amount"><input type="text" name="amount_2_5" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="10" tabindex="25"/></td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <input id="list_list:add" type="submit" name="list_list:add" value="voeg extra items toe" class="add" /> <div class="spacer"></div> <h3><label class="list_list:table_title">Varia</label></h3> <table id="varia"> <thead> <tr> <th>Naam item</th> <th>Aantal</th> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <tr> <td class="item"><input type="text" name="item_3_1" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="46" tabindex="31"/></td> <td class="amount"><input type="text" name="amount_3_1" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="10" tabindex="31"/></td> </tr> <tr> <td class="item"><input type="text" name="item_3_2" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="46" tabindex="32"/></td> <td class="amount"><input type="text" name="amount_3_2" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="10" tabindex="32"/></td> </tr> <tr> <td class="item"><input type="text" name="item_3_3" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="46" tabindex="33"/></td> <td class="amount"><input type="text" name="amount_3_3" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="10" tabindex="33"/></td> </tr> <tr> <td class="item"><input type="text" name="item_3_4" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="46" tabindex="34"/></td> <td class="amount"><input type="text" name="amount_3_4" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="10" tabindex="34"/></td> </tr> <tr> <td class="item"><input type="text" name="item_3_5" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="46" tabindex="35"/></td> <td class="amount"><input type="text" name="amount_3_5" value="" class="inputText" maxlength="64" size="10" tabindex="35"/></td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <input id="list_list:add" type="submit" name="list_list:add" value="voeg extra items toe" class="add" /> <div class="spacer"></div> </div> <div id="formButtons"> <input id="list_info:back" type="submit" name="list_info:back" value="<< Terug" tabindex="11" class="back" /> <input id="list_info:next" type="submit" name="list_info:next" value="Volgende >>" tabindex="12" class="next" /> <input id="list_info:options" type="submit" name="list_info:options" value="Opties" tabindex="13" class="options" /> <input id="list_info:finish" type="submit" name="list_info:finish" value="Voltooien" tabindex="14" disabled="disabled" class="finish" /> </div>

Read the article

Debugging PHP Mail() and/or PHPMailer

- by Agos

Hi, I'm quite stuck with a problem sending mail from a PHP script. Some data: Shared hosting, no SSH access, only hosting provider panel PHP version 5.2.5 Last year I built a site which had no problems sending mail with the same hosting Let's say the domain is “domain.com” and my private address is “[email protected]” for anonimity's sake in the following code. Here's the code: <?php error_reporting(E_ALL); ini_set("display_errors", 1); $to = "[email protected]"; $subject = "Hi"; $body = "Test 1\nTest 2\nTest 3"; $headers = 'From: [email protected]' . "\r\n" . 'errors-to: [email protected]' . "\r\n" . 'X-Mailer: PHP/' . phpversion(); if (mail($to, $subject, $body, $headers)) { echo("Message successfully sent"); } else { echo("Message sending failed"); } require('class.phpmailer.php'); $message = "Hello world"; $mail = new PHPMailer(); $mail->CharSet = "UTF-8"; $mail->AddAddress("[email protected]", "Agos"); $mail->SetFrom("[email protected]","My Site"); $mail->Subject = "Test Message"; $mail->Body = $message; $mail->Send(); ?> And here is what I get: Message sending failed 'ai' = 'application/postscript', 'eps' = 'application/postscript', 'ps' = 'application/postscript', 'smi' = 'application/smil', 'smil' = 'application/smil', 'mif' = 'application/vnd.mif', 'xls' = 'application/vnd.ms-excel', 'ppt' = 'application/vnd.ms-powerpoint', 'wbxml' = 'application/vnd.wap.wbxml', 'wmlc' = 'application/vnd.wap.wmlc', 'dcr' = 'application/x-director', 'dir' = 'application/x-director', 'dxr' = 'application/x-director', 'dvi' = 'application/x-dvi', 'gtar' = 'application/x-gtar', 'php' = 'application/x-httpd-php', 'php4' = 'application/x-httpd-php', 'php3' = 'application/x-httpd-php', 'phtml' = 'application/x-httpd-php', 'phps' = 'application/x-httpd-php-source', 'js' = 'application/x-javascript', 'swf' = 'application/x-shockwave-flash', 'sit' = 'application/x-stuffit', 'tar' = 'application/x-tar', 'tgz' = 'application/x-tar', 'xhtml' = 'application/xhtml+xml', 'xht' = 'application/xhtml+xml', 'zip' = 'application/zip', 'mid' = 'audio/midi', 'midi' = 'audio/midi', 'mpga' = 'audio/mpeg', 'mp2' = 'audio/mpeg', 'mp3' = 'audio/mpeg', 'aif' = 'audio/x-aiff', 'aiff' = 'audio/x-aiff', 'aifc' = 'audio/x-aiff', 'ram' = 'audio/x-pn-realaudio', 'rm' = 'audio/x-pn-realaudio', 'rpm' = 'audio/x-pn-realaudio-plugin', 'ra' = 'audio/x-realaudio', 'rv' = 'video/vnd.rn-realvideo', 'wav' = 'audio/x-wav', 'bmp' = 'image/bmp', 'gif' = 'image/gif', 'jpeg' = 'image/jpeg', 'jpg' = 'image/jpeg', 'jpe' = 'image/jpeg', 'png' = 'image/png', 'tiff' = 'image/tiff', 'tif' = 'image/tiff', 'css' = 'text/css', 'html' = 'text/html', 'htm' = 'text/html', 'shtml' = 'text/html', 'txt' = 'text/plain', 'text' = 'text/plain', 'log' = 'text/plain', 'rtx' = 'text/richtext', 'rtf' = 'text/rtf', 'xml' = 'text/xml', 'xsl' = 'text/xml', 'mpeg' = 'video/mpeg', 'mpg' = 'video/mpeg', 'mpe' = 'video/mpeg', 'qt' = 'video/quicktime', 'mov' = 'video/quicktime', 'avi' = 'video/x-msvideo', 'movie' = 'video/x-sgi-movie', 'doc' = 'application/msword', 'word' = 'application/msword', 'xl' = 'application/excel', 'eml' = 'message/rfc822' ); return (!isset($mimes[strtolower($ext)])) ? 'application/octet-stream' : $mimes[strtolower($ext)]; } /** * Set (or reset) Class Objects (variables) * * Usage Example: * $page-set('X-Priority', '3'); * * @access public * @param string $name Parameter Name * @param mixed $value Parameter Value * NOTE: will not work with arrays, there are no arrays to set/reset * @todo Should this not be using __set() magic function? */ public function set($name, $value = '') { try { if (isset($this-$name) ) { $this-$name = $value; } else { throw new phpmailerException($this-Lang('variable_set') . $name, self::STOP_CRITICAL); } } catch (Exception $e) { $this-SetError($e-getMessage()); if ($e-getCode() == self::STOP_CRITICAL) { return false; } } return true; } /** * Strips newlines to prevent header injection. * @access public * @param string $str String * @return string */ public function SecureHeader($str) { $str = str_replace("\r", '', $str); $str = str_replace("\n", '', $str); return trim($str); } /** * Set the private key file and password to sign the message. * * @access public * @param string $key_filename Parameter File Name * @param string $key_pass Password for private key */ public function Sign($cert_filename, $key_filename, $key_pass) { $this-sign_cert_file = $cert_filename; $this-sign_key_file = $key_filename; $this-sign_key_pass = $key_pass; } /** * Set the private key file and password to sign the message. * * @access public * @param string $key_filename Parameter File Name * @param string $key_pass Password for private key */ public function DKIM_QP($txt) { $tmp=""; $line=""; for ($i=0;$i<= $ord) && ($ord <= 0x3A)) || $ord == 0x3C || ((0x3E <= $ord) && ($ord <= 0x7E)) ) { $line.=$txt[$i]; } else { $line.="=".sprintf("%02X",$ord); } } return $line; } /** * Generate DKIM signature * * @access public * @param string $s Header */ public function DKIM_Sign($s) { $privKeyStr = file_get_contents($this-DKIM_private); if ($this-DKIM_passphrase!='') { $privKey = openssl_pkey_get_private($privKeyStr,$this-DKIM_passphrase); } else { $privKey = $privKeyStr; } if (openssl_sign($s, $signature, $privKey)) { return base64_encode($signature); } } /** * Generate DKIM Canonicalization Header * * @access public * @param string $s Header */ public function DKIM_HeaderC($s) { $s=preg_replace("/\r\n\s+/"," ",$s); $lines=explode("\r\n",$s); foreach ($lines as $key=$line) { list($heading,$value)=explode(":",$line,2); $heading=strtolower($heading); $value=preg_replace("/\s+/"," ",$value) ; // Compress useless spaces $lines[$key]=$heading.":".trim($value) ; // Don't forget to remove WSP around the value } $s=implode("\r\n",$lines); return $s; } /** * Generate DKIM Canonicalization Body * * @access public * @param string $body Message Body */ public function DKIM_BodyC($body) { if ($body == '') return "\r\n"; // stabilize line endings $body=str_replace("\r\n","\n",$body); $body=str_replace("\n","\r\n",$body); // END stabilize line endings while (substr($body,strlen($body)-4,4) == "\r\n\r\n") { $body=substr($body,0,strlen($body)-2); } return $body; } /** * Create the DKIM header, body, as new header * * @access public * @param string $headers_line Header lines * @param string $subject Subject * @param string $body Body */ public function DKIM_Add($headers_line,$subject,$body) { $DKIMsignatureType = 'rsa-sha1'; // Signature & hash algorithms $DKIMcanonicalization = 'relaxed/simple'; // Canonicalization of header/body $DKIMquery = 'dns/txt'; // Query method $DKIMtime = time() ; // Signature Timestamp = seconds since 00:00:00 - Jan 1, 1970 (UTC time zone) $subject_header = "Subject: $subject"; $headers = explode("\r\n",$headers_line); foreach($headers as $header) { if (strpos($header,'From:') === 0) { $from_header=$header; } elseif (strpos($header,'To:') === 0) { $to_header=$header; } } $from = str_replace('|','=7C',$this-DKIM_QP($from_header)); $to = str_replace('|','=7C',$this-DKIM_QP($to_header)); $subject = str_replace('|','=7C',$this-DKIM_QP($subject_header)) ; // Copied header fields (dkim-quoted-printable $body = $this-DKIM_BodyC($body); $DKIMlen = strlen($body) ; // Length of body $DKIMb64 = base64_encode(pack("H*", sha1($body))) ; // Base64 of packed binary SHA-1 hash of body $ident = ($this-DKIM_identity == '')? '' : " i=" . $this-DKIM_identity . ";"; $dkimhdrs = "DKIM-Signature: v=1; a=" . $DKIMsignatureType . "; q=" . $DKIMquery . "; l=" . $DKIMlen . "; s=" . $this-DKIM_selector . ";\r\n". "\tt=" . $DKIMtime . "; c=" . $DKIMcanonicalization . ";\r\n". "\th=From:To:Subject;\r\n". "\td=" . $this-DKIM_domain . ";" . $ident . "\r\n". "\tz=$from\r\n". "\t|$to\r\n". "\t|$subject;\r\n". "\tbh=" . $DKIMb64 . ";\r\n". "\tb="; $toSign = $this-DKIM_HeaderC($from_header . "\r\n" . $to_header . "\r\n" . $subject_header . "\r\n" . $dkimhdrs); $signed = $this-DKIM_Sign($toSign); return "X-PHPMAILER-DKIM: phpmailer.worxware.com\r\n".$dkimhdrs.$signed."\r\n"; } protected function doCallback($isSent,$to,$cc,$bcc,$subject,$body) { if (!empty($this-action_function) && function_exists($this-action_function)) { $params = array($isSent,$to,$cc,$bcc,$subject,$body); call_user_func_array($this-action_function,$params); } } } class phpmailerException extends Exception { public function errorMessage() { $errorMsg = '' . $this-getMessage() . " \n"; return $errorMsg; } } ? Fatal error: Class 'PHPMailer' not found in /mailtest.php on line 20 Which is baffling to say the least. Is there anything I can do to get at least some more meaningful errors? Why is code from the class showing up in my file?

Read the article

Play and record streaming audio

- by Igor

I'm working on an iPhone app that should be able to play and record audio streaming data simultaneously. Is it actually possible? I'm trying to mix SpeakHere and AudioRecorder samples and getting an empty file with no audio data... Here is my .m code: import "AzRadioViewController.h" @implementation azRadioViewController static const CFOptionFlags kNetworkEvents = kCFStreamEventOpenCompleted | kCFStreamEventHasBytesAvailable | kCFStreamEventEndEncountered | kCFStreamEventErrorOccurred; void MyAudioQueueOutputCallback( void* inClientData, AudioQueueRef inAQ, AudioQueueBufferRef inBuffer, const AudioTimeStamp inStartTime, UInt32 inNumberPacketDescriptions, const AudioStreamPacketDescription inPacketDesc ) { NSLog(@"start MyAudioQueueOutputCallback"); MyData* myData = (MyData*)inClientData; NSLog(@"--- %i", inNumberPacketDescriptions); if(inNumberPacketDescriptions == 0 && myData-dataFormat.mBytesPerPacket != 0) { inNumberPacketDescriptions = inBuffer-mAudioDataByteSize / myData-dataFormat.mBytesPerPacket; } OSStatus status = AudioFileWritePackets(myData-audioFile, FALSE, inBuffer-mAudioDataByteSize, inPacketDesc, myData-currentPacket, &inNumberPacketDescriptions, inBuffer-mAudioData); if(status == 0) { myData-currentPacket += inNumberPacketDescriptions; } NSLog(@"status:%i curpac:%i pcdesct: %i", status, myData-currentPacket, inNumberPacketDescriptions); unsigned int bufIndex = MyFindQueueBuffer(myData, inBuffer); pthread_mutex_lock(&myData-mutex); myData-inuse[bufIndex] = false; pthread_cond_signal(&myData-cond); pthread_mutex_unlock(&myData-mutex); } OSStatus StartQueueIfNeeded(MyData* myData) { NSLog(@"start StartQueueIfNeeded"); OSStatus err = noErr; if (!myData-started) { err = AudioQueueStart(myData-queue, NULL); if (err) { PRINTERROR("AudioQueueStart"); myData-failed = true; return err; } myData-started = true; printf("started\n"); } return err; } OSStatus MyEnqueueBuffer(MyData* myData) { NSLog(@"start MyEnqueueBuffer"); OSStatus err = noErr; myData-inuse[myData-fillBufferIndex] = true; AudioQueueBufferRef fillBuf = myData-audioQueueBuffer[myData-fillBufferIndex]; fillBuf-mAudioDataByteSize = myData-bytesFilled; err = AudioQueueEnqueueBuffer(myData-queue, fillBuf, myData-packetsFilled, myData-packetDescs); if (err) { PRINTERROR("AudioQueueEnqueueBuffer"); myData-failed = true; return err; } StartQueueIfNeeded(myData); return err; } void WaitForFreeBuffer(MyData* myData) { NSLog(@"start WaitForFreeBuffer"); if (++myData-fillBufferIndex = kNumAQBufs) myData-fillBufferIndex = 0; myData-bytesFilled = 0; myData-packetsFilled = 0; printf("-lock\n"); pthread_mutex_lock(&myData-mutex); while (myData-inuse[myData-fillBufferIndex]) { printf("... WAITING ...\n"); pthread_cond_wait(&myData-cond, &myData-mutex); } pthread_mutex_unlock(&myData-mutex); printf("<-unlock\n"); } int MyFindQueueBuffer(MyData* myData, AudioQueueBufferRef inBuffer) { NSLog(@"start MyFindQueueBuffer"); for (unsigned int i = 0; i < kNumAQBufs; ++i) { if (inBuffer == myData-audioQueueBuffer[i]) return i; } return -1; } void MyAudioQueueIsRunningCallback( void* inClientData, AudioQueueRef inAQ, AudioQueuePropertyID inID) { NSLog(@"start MyAudioQueueIsRunningCallback"); MyData* myData = (MyData*)inClientData; UInt32 running; UInt32 size; OSStatus err = AudioQueueGetProperty(inAQ, kAudioQueueProperty_IsRunning, &running, &size); if (err) { PRINTERROR("get kAudioQueueProperty_IsRunning"); return; } if (!running) { pthread_mutex_lock(&myData-mutex); pthread_cond_signal(&myData-done); pthread_mutex_unlock(&myData-mutex); } } void MyPropertyListenerProc( void * inClientData, AudioFileStreamID inAudioFileStream, AudioFileStreamPropertyID inPropertyID, UInt32 * ioFlags) { NSLog(@"start MyPropertyListenerProc"); MyData* myData = (MyData*)inClientData; OSStatus err = noErr; printf("found property '%c%c%c%c'\n", (inPropertyID24)&255, (inPropertyID16)&255, (inPropertyID8)&255, inPropertyID&255); switch (inPropertyID) { case kAudioFileStreamProperty_ReadyToProducePackets : { AudioStreamBasicDescription asbd; UInt32 asbdSize = sizeof(asbd); err = AudioFileStreamGetProperty(inAudioFileStream, kAudioFileStreamProperty_DataFormat, &asbdSize, &asbd); if (err) { PRINTERROR("get kAudioFileStreamProperty_DataFormat"); myData-failed = true; break; } err = AudioQueueNewOutput(&asbd, MyAudioQueueOutputCallback, myData, NULL, NULL, 0, &myData-queue); if (err) { PRINTERROR("AudioQueueNewOutput"); myData-failed = true; break; } for (unsigned int i = 0; i < kNumAQBufs; ++i) { err = AudioQueueAllocateBuffer(myData-queue, kAQBufSize, &myData-audioQueueBuffer[i]); if (err) { PRINTERROR("AudioQueueAllocateBuffer"); myData-failed = true; break; } } UInt32 cookieSize; Boolean writable; err = AudioFileStreamGetPropertyInfo(inAudioFileStream, kAudioFileStreamProperty_MagicCookieData, &cookieSize, &writable); if (err) { PRINTERROR("info kAudioFileStreamProperty_MagicCookieData"); break; } printf("cookieSize %d\n", cookieSize); void* cookieData = calloc(1, cookieSize); err = AudioFileStreamGetProperty(inAudioFileStream, kAudioFileStreamProperty_MagicCookieData, &cookieSize, cookieData); if (err) { PRINTERROR("get kAudioFileStreamProperty_MagicCookieData"); free(cookieData); break; } err = AudioQueueSetProperty(myData-queue, kAudioQueueProperty_MagicCookie, cookieData, cookieSize); free(cookieData); if (err) { PRINTERROR("set kAudioQueueProperty_MagicCookie"); break; } err = AudioQueueAddPropertyListener(myData-queue, kAudioQueueProperty_IsRunning, MyAudioQueueIsRunningCallback, myData); if (err) { PRINTERROR("AudioQueueAddPropertyListener"); myData-failed = true; break; } break; } } } static void ReadStreamClientCallBack(CFReadStreamRef stream, CFStreamEventType type, void *clientCallBackInfo) { NSLog(@"start ReadStreamClientCallBack"); if(type == kCFStreamEventHasBytesAvailable) { UInt8 buffer[2048]; CFIndex bytesRead = CFReadStreamRead(stream, buffer, sizeof(buffer)); if (bytesRead < 0) { } else if (bytesRead) { OSStatus err = AudioFileStreamParseBytes(globalMyData-audioFileStream, bytesRead, buffer, 0); if (err) { PRINTERROR("AudioFileStreamParseBytes"); } } } } void MyPacketsProc(void * inClientData, UInt32 inNumberBytes, UInt32 inNumberPackets, const void * inInputData, AudioStreamPacketDescription inPacketDescriptions) { NSLog(@"start MyPacketsProc"); MyData myData = (MyData*)inClientData; printf("got data. bytes: %d packets: %d\n", inNumberBytes, inNumberPackets); for (int i = 0; i < inNumberPackets; ++i) { SInt64 packetOffset = inPacketDescriptions[i].mStartOffset; SInt64 packetSize = inPacketDescriptions[i].mDataByteSize; size_t bufSpaceRemaining = kAQBufSize - myData-bytesFilled; if (bufSpaceRemaining < packetSize) { MyEnqueueBuffer(myData); WaitForFreeBuffer(myData); } AudioQueueBufferRef fillBuf = myData-audioQueueBuffer[myData-fillBufferIndex]; memcpy((char*)fillBuf-mAudioData + myData-bytesFilled, (const char*)inInputData + packetOffset, packetSize); myData-packetDescs[myData-packetsFilled] = inPacketDescriptions[i]; myData-packetDescs[myData-packetsFilled].mStartOffset = myData-bytesFilled; myData-bytesFilled += packetSize; myData-packetsFilled += 1; size_t packetsDescsRemaining = kAQMaxPacketDescs - myData-packetsFilled; if (packetsDescsRemaining == 0) { MyEnqueueBuffer(myData); WaitForFreeBuffer(myData); } } } (IBAction)buttonPlayPressedid)sender { label.text = @"Buffering"; [self connectionStart]; } (IBAction)buttonSavePressedid)sender { NSLog(@"save"); AudioFileClose(myData.audioFile); AudioQueueDispose(myData.queue, TRUE); } bool getFilename(char* buffer,int maxBufferLength) { NSArray paths = NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains(NSDocumentDirectory, NSUserDomainMask, YES); NSString docDir = [paths objectAtIndex:0]; NSString* file = [docDir stringByAppendingString:@"/rec.caf"]; return [file getCString:buffer maxLength:maxBufferLength encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]; } -(void)connectionStart { @try { MyData* myData = (MyData*)calloc(1, sizeof(MyData)); globalMyData = myData; pthread_mutex_init(&myData-mutex, NULL); pthread_cond_init(&myData-cond, NULL); pthread_cond_init(&myData-done, NULL); NSLog(@"Start"); myData-dataFormat.mSampleRate = 16000.0f; myData-dataFormat.mFormatID = kAudioFormatLinearPCM; myData-dataFormat.mFramesPerPacket = 1; myData-dataFormat.mChannelsPerFrame = 1; myData-dataFormat.mBytesPerFrame = 2; myData-dataFormat.mBytesPerPacket = 2; myData-dataFormat.mBitsPerChannel = 16; myData-dataFormat.mReserved = 0; myData-dataFormat.mFormatFlags = kLinearPCMFormatFlagIsSignedInteger | kLinearPCMFormatFlagIsPacked; int i, bufferByteSize; UInt32 size; AudioQueueNewInput( &myData-dataFormat, MyAudioQueueOutputCallback, &myData, NULL /* run loop /, kCFRunLoopCommonModes / run loop mode /, 0 / flags */, &myData-queue); size = sizeof(&myData-dataFormat); AudioQueueGetProperty(&myData-queue, kAudioQueueProperty_StreamDescription, &myData-dataFormat, &size); CFURLRef fileURL; char path[256]; memset(path,0,sizeof(path)); getFilename(path,256); fileURL = CFURLCreateFromFileSystemRepresentation(NULL, (UInt8*)path, strlen(path), FALSE); AudioFileCreateWithURL(fileURL, kAudioFileCAFType, &myData-dataFormat, kAudioFileFlags_EraseFile, &myData-audioFile); OSStatus err = AudioFileStreamOpen(myData, MyPropertyListenerProc, MyPacketsProc, kAudioFileMP3Type, &myData-audioFileStream); if (err) { PRINTERROR("AudioFileStreamOpen"); return 1; } CFStreamClientContext ctxt = {0, self, NULL, NULL, NULL}; CFStringRef bodyData = CFSTR(""); // Usually used for POST data CFStringRef headerFieldName = CFSTR("X-My-Favorite-Field"); CFStringRef headerFieldValue = CFSTR("Dreams"); CFStringRef url = CFSTR(RADIO_LOCATION); CFURLRef myURL = CFURLCreateWithString(kCFAllocatorDefault, url, NULL); CFStringRef requestMethod = CFSTR("GET"); CFHTTPMessageRef myRequest = CFHTTPMessageCreateRequest(kCFAllocatorDefault, requestMethod, myURL, kCFHTTPVersion1_1); CFHTTPMessageSetBody(myRequest, bodyData); CFHTTPMessageSetHeaderFieldValue(myRequest, headerFieldName, headerFieldValue); CFReadStreamRef stream = CFReadStreamCreateForHTTPRequest(kCFAllocatorDefault, myRequest); if (!stream) { NSLog(@"Creating the stream failed"); return; } if (!CFReadStreamSetClient(stream, kNetworkEvents, ReadStreamClientCallBack, &ctxt)) { CFRelease(stream); NSLog(@"Setting the stream's client failed."); return; } CFReadStreamScheduleWithRunLoop(stream, CFRunLoopGetCurrent(), kCFRunLoopCommonModes); if (!CFReadStreamOpen(stream)) { CFReadStreamSetClient(stream, 0, NULL, NULL); CFReadStreamUnscheduleFromRunLoop(stream, CFRunLoopGetCurrent(), kCFRunLoopCommonModes); CFRelease(stream); NSLog(@"Opening the stream failed."); return; } } @catch (NSException *exception) { NSLog(@"main: Caught %@: %@", [exception name], [exception reason]); } } (void)viewDidLoad { [[UIApplication sharedApplication] setIdleTimerDisabled:YES]; [super viewDidLoad]; } (void)didReceiveMemoryWarning { [super didReceiveMemoryWarning]; } (void)viewDidUnload { } (void)dealloc { [super dealloc]; } @end

Read the article

Accelerated C++, problem 5-6 (copying values from inside a vector to the front)

- by Darel

Hello, I'm working through the exercises in Accelerated C++ and I'm stuck on question 5-6. Here's the problem description: (somewhat abbreviated, I've removed extraneous info.) 5-6. Write the extract_fails function so that it copies the records for the passing students to the beginning of students, and then uses the resize function to remove the extra elements from the end of students. (students is a vector of student structures. student structures contain an individual student's name and grades.) More specifically, I'm having trouble getting the vector.insert function to properly copy the passing student structures to the start of the vector students. Here's the extract_fails function as I have it so far (note it doesn't resize the vector yet, as directed by the problem description; that should be trivial once I get past my current issue.) // Extract the students who failed from the "students" vector. void extract_fails(vector<Student_info>& students) { typedef vector<Student_info>::size_type str_sz; typedef vector<Student_info>::iterator iter; iter it = students.begin(); str_sz i = 0, count = 0; while (it != students.end()) { // fgrade tests wether or not the student failed if (!fgrade(*it)) { // if student passed, copy to front of vector students.insert(students.begin(), it, it); // tracks of the number of passing students(so we can properly resize the array) count++; } cout << it->name << endl; // output to verify that each student is iterated to it++; } } The code compiles and runs, but the students vector isn't adding any student structures to its front. My program's output displays that the students vector is unchanged. Here's my complete source code, followed by a sample input file (I redirect input from the console by typing " < grades" after the compiled program name at the command prompt.) #include <iostream> #include <string> #include <algorithm> // to get the declaration of `sort' #include <stdexcept> // to get the declaration of `domain_error' #include <vector> // to get the declaration of `vector' //driver program for grade partitioning examples using std::cin; using std::cout; using std::endl; using std::string; using std::domain_error; using std::sort; using std::vector; using std::max; using std::istream; struct Student_info { std::string name; double midterm, final; std::vector<double> homework; }; bool compare(const Student_info&, const Student_info&); std::istream& read(std::istream&, Student_info&); std::istream& read_hw(std::istream&, std::vector<double>&); double median(std::vector<double>); double grade(double, double, double); double grade(double, double, const std::vector<double>&); double grade(const Student_info&); bool fgrade(const Student_info&); void extract_fails(vector<Student_info>& v); int main() { vector<Student_info> vs; Student_info s; string::size_type maxlen = 0; while (read(cin, s)) { maxlen = max(maxlen, s.name.size()); vs.push_back(s); } sort(vs.begin(), vs.end(), compare); extract_fails(vs); // display the new, modified vector - it should be larger than // the input vector, due to some student structures being // added to the front of the vector. cout << "count: " << vs.size() << endl << endl; vector<Student_info>::iterator it = vs.begin(); while (it != vs.end()) cout << it++->name << endl; return 0; } // Extract the students who failed from the "students" vector. void extract_fails(vector<Student_info>& students) { typedef vector<Student_info>::size_type str_sz; typedef vector<Student_info>::iterator iter; iter it = students.begin(); str_sz i = 0, count = 0; while (it != students.end()) { // fgrade tests wether or not the student failed if (!fgrade(*it)) { // if student passed, copy to front of vector students.insert(students.begin(), it, it); // tracks of the number of passing students(so we can properly resize the array) count++; } cout << it->name << endl; // output to verify that each student is iterated to it++; } } bool compare(const Student_info& x, const Student_info& y) { return x.name < y.name; } istream& read(istream& is, Student_info& s) { // read and store the student's name and midterm and final exam grades is >> s.name >> s.midterm >> s.final; read_hw(is, s.homework); // read and store all the student's homework grades return is; } // read homework grades from an input stream into a `vector<double>' istream& read_hw(istream& in, vector<double>& hw) { if (in) { // get rid of previous contents hw.clear(); // read homework grades double x; while (in >> x) hw.push_back(x); // clear the stream so that input will work for the next student in.clear(); } return in; } // compute the median of a `vector<double>' // note that calling this function copies the entire argument `vector' double median(vector<double> vec) { typedef vector<double>::size_type vec_sz; vec_sz size = vec.size(); if (size == 0) throw domain_error("median of an empty vector"); sort(vec.begin(), vec.end()); vec_sz mid = size/2; return size % 2 == 0 ? (vec[mid] + vec[mid-1]) / 2 : vec[mid]; } // compute a student's overall grade from midterm and final exam grades and homework grade double grade(double midterm, double final, double homework) { return 0.2 * midterm + 0.4 * final + 0.4 * homework; } // compute a student's overall grade from midterm and final exam grades // and vector of homework grades. // this function does not copy its argument, because `median' does so for us. double grade(double midterm, double final, const vector<double>& hw) { if (hw.size() == 0) throw domain_error("student has done no homework"); return grade(midterm, final, median(hw)); } double grade(const Student_info& s) { return grade(s.midterm, s.final, s.homework); } // predicate to determine whether a student failed bool fgrade(const Student_info& s) { return grade(s) < 60; } Sample input file: Moo 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Fail1 45 55 65 80 90 70 65 60 Moore 75 85 77 59 0 85 75 89 Norman 57 78 73 66 78 70 88 89 Olson 89 86 70 90 55 73 80 84 Peerson 47 70 82 73 50 87 73 71 Baker 67 72 73 40 0 78 55 70 Davis 77 70 82 65 70 77 83 81 Edwards 77 72 73 80 90 93 75 90 Fail2 55 55 65 50 55 60 65 60 Thanks to anyone who takes the time to look at this!

Read the article

Why does iOS 5 fail to connect to a server running JDK 1.6, but not JDK 1.5

- by KC Baltz

We have a Java Socket Server listening on an SSLSocket (port 443) and an iOS application that connects with it. When running on iOS 5.1, the application stopped working when we upgraded the Java version of the server from JDK 1.5 to 1.6 (or 1.7). The app connects just fine to JDK 5 and 6 when running on iOS 6. The iOS app is reporting an error: -9809 = errSSLCrypto. On the Java side, we get javax.net.ssl.SSLException: Received fatal alert: close_notify. On the Java server side, we have enabled all the available cipher suites. On the client side we have tested enabling several different suites, although we have yet to complete a test involving each one individually enabled. Right now, it is failing when we use TLS_DH_anon_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA although it has failed with others and we are starting to think it's not the suite. Here is the debug output. It makes it all the way to ServerHelloDone and then fails shortly thereafter: Is secure renegotiation: false [Raw read]: length = 5 0000: 16 03 03 00 41 ....A [Raw read]: length = 65 0000: 01 00 00 3D 03 03 50 83 1E 0B 56 19 25 65 C8 F2 ...=..P...V.%e.. 0010: AF 02 AD 48 FE E2 92 CF B8 D7 A6 A3 EA C5 FF 5D ...H...........] 0020: 74 0F 1B C1 99 18 00 00 08 00 FF 00 34 00 1B 00 t...........4... 0030: 18 01 00 00 0C 00 0D 00 08 00 06 05 01 04 01 02 ................ 0040: 01 . URT-, READ: Unknown-3.3 Handshake, length = 65 *** ClientHello, Unknown-3.3 RandomCookie: GMT: 1333992971 bytes = { 86, 25, 37, 101, 200, 242, 175, 2, 173, 72, 254, 226, 146, 207, 184, 215, 166, 163, 234, 197, 255, 93, 116, 15, 27, 193, 153, 24 } Session ID: {} Cipher Suites: [TLS_EMPTY_RENEGOTIATION_INFO_SCSV, TLS_DH_anon_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA, SSL_DH_anon_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA, SSL_DH_anon_WITH_RC4_128_MD5] Compression Methods: { 0 } Unsupported extension signature_algorithms, data: 00:06:05:01:04:01:02:01 *** [read] MD5 and SHA1 hashes: len = 65 0000: 01 00 00 3D 03 03 50 83 1E 0B 56 19 25 65 C8 F2 ...=..P...V.%e.. 0010: AF 02 AD 48 FE E2 92 CF B8 D7 A6 A3 EA C5 FF 5D ...H...........] 0020: 74 0F 1B C1 99 18 00 00 08 00 FF 00 34 00 1B 00 t...........4... 0030: 18 01 00 00 0C 00 0D 00 08 00 06 05 01 04 01 02 ................ 0040: 01 . %% Created: [Session-1, TLS_DH_anon_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA] *** ServerHello, TLSv1 RandomCookie: GMT: 1333992972 bytes = { 100, 3, 56, 153, 7, 2, 251, 64, 41, 32, 66, 240, 227, 181, 55, 190, 2, 237, 146, 0, 73, 119, 70, 0, 160, 9, 28, 207 } Session ID: {80, 131, 30, 12, 241, 73, 52, 38, 46, 41, 237, 226, 199, 246, 156, 45, 3, 247, 182, 43, 223, 8, 49, 169, 188, 63, 160, 41, 102, 199, 50, 190} Cipher Suite: TLS_DH_anon_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA Compression Method: 0 Extension renegotiation_info, renegotiated_connection: <empty> *** Cipher suite: TLS_DH_anon_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA *** Diffie-Hellman ServerKeyExchange DH Modulus: { 233, 230, 66, 89, 157, 53, 95, 55, 201, 127, 253, 53, 103, 18, 11, 142, 37, 201, 205, 67, 233, 39, 179, 169, 103, 15, 190, 197, 216, 144, 20, 25, 34, 210, 195, 179, 173, 36, 128, 9, 55, 153, 134, 157, 30, 132, 106, 171, 73, 250, 176, 173, 38, 210, 206, 106, 34, 33, 157, 71, 11, 206, 125, 119, 125, 74, 33, 251, 233, 194, 112, 181, 127, 96, 112, 2, 243, 206, 248, 57, 54, 148, 207, 69, 238, 54, 136, 193, 26, 140, 86, 171, 18, 122, 61, 175 } DH Base: { 48, 71, 10, 213, 160, 5, 251, 20, 206, 45, 157, 205, 135, 227, 139, 199, 209, 177, 197, 250, 203, 174, 203, 233, 95, 25, 10, 167, 163, 29, 35, 196, 219, 188, 190, 6, 23, 69, 68, 64, 26, 91, 44, 2, 9, 101, 216, 194, 189, 33, 113, 211, 102, 132, 69, 119, 31, 116, 186, 8, 77, 32, 41, 216, 60, 28, 21, 133, 71, 243, 169, 241, 162, 113, 91, 226, 61, 81, 174, 77, 62, 90, 31, 106, 112, 100, 243, 22, 147, 58, 52, 109, 63, 82, 146, 82 } Server DH Public Key: { 8, 60, 59, 13, 224, 110, 32, 168, 116, 139, 246, 146, 15, 12, 216, 107, 82, 182, 140, 80, 193, 237, 159, 189, 87, 34, 18, 197, 181, 252, 26, 27, 94, 160, 188, 162, 30, 29, 165, 165, 68, 152, 11, 204, 251, 187, 14, 233, 239, 103, 134, 168, 181, 173, 206, 151, 197, 128, 65, 239, 233, 191, 29, 196, 93, 80, 217, 55, 81, 240, 101, 31, 119, 98, 188, 211, 52, 146, 168, 127, 127, 66, 63, 111, 198, 134, 70, 213, 31, 162, 146, 25, 178, 79, 56, 116 } Anonymous *** ServerHelloDone [write] MD5 and SHA1 hashes: len = 383 0000: 02 00 00 4D 03 01 50 83 1E 0C 64 03 38 99 07 02 ...M..P...d.8... 0010: FB 40 29 20 42 F0 E3 B5 37 BE 02 ED 92 00 49 77 .@) B...7.....Iw 0020: 46 00 A0 09 1C CF 20 50 83 1E 0C F1 49 34 26 2E F..... P....I4&. 0030: 29 ED E2 C7 F6 9C 2D 03 F7 B6 2B DF 08 31 A9 BC ).....-...+..1.. 0040: 3F A0 29 66 C7 32 BE 00 34 00 00 05 FF 01 00 01 ?.)f.2..4....... 0050: 00 0C 00 01 26 00 60 E9 E6 42 59 9D 35 5F 37 C9 ....&.`..BY.5_7. 0060: 7F FD 35 67 12 0B 8E 25 C9 CD 43 E9 27 B3 A9 67 ..5g...%..C.'..g 0070: 0F BE C5 D8 90 14 19 22 D2 C3 B3 AD 24 80 09 37 ......."....$..7 0080: 99 86 9D 1E 84 6A AB 49 FA B0 AD 26 D2 CE 6A 22 .....j.I...&..j" 0090: 21 9D 47 0B CE 7D 77 7D 4A 21 FB E9 C2 70 B5 7F !.G...w.J!...p.. 00A0: 60 70 02 F3 CE F8 39 36 94 CF 45 EE 36 88 C1 1A `p....96..E.6... 00B0: 8C 56 AB 12 7A 3D AF 00 60 30 47 0A D5 A0 05 FB .V..z=..`0G..... 00C0: 14 CE 2D 9D CD 87 E3 8B C7 D1 B1 C5 FA CB AE CB ..-............. 00D0: E9 5F 19 0A A7 A3 1D 23 C4 DB BC BE 06 17 45 44 ._.....#......ED 00E0: 40 1A 5B 2C 02 09 65 D8 C2 BD 21 71 D3 66 84 45 @.[,..e...!q.f.E 00F0: 77 1F 74 BA 08 4D 20 29 D8 3C 1C 15 85 47 F3 A9 w.t..M ).<...G.. 0100: F1 A2 71 5B E2 3D 51 AE 4D 3E 5A 1F 6A 70 64 F3 ..q[.=Q.M>Z.jpd. 0110: 16 93 3A 34 6D 3F 52 92 52 00 60 08 3C 3B 0D E0 ..:4m?R.R.`.<;.. 0120: 6E 20 A8 74 8B F6 92 0F 0C D8 6B 52 B6 8C 50 C1 n .t......kR..P. 0130: ED 9F BD 57 22 12 C5 B5 FC 1A 1B 5E A0 BC A2 1E ...W"......^.... 0140: 1D A5 A5 44 98 0B CC FB BB 0E E9 EF 67 86 A8 B5 ...D........g... 0150: AD CE 97 C5 80 41 EF E9 BF 1D C4 5D 50 D9 37 51 .....A.....]P.7Q 0160: F0 65 1F 77 62 BC D3 34 92 A8 7F 7F 42 3F 6F C6 .e.wb..4....B?o. 0170: 86 46 D5 1F A2 92 19 B2 4F 38 74 0E 00 00 00 .F......O8t.... URT-, WRITE: TLSv1 Handshake, length = 383 [Raw write]: length = 388 0000: 16 03 01 01 7F 02 00 00 4D 03 01 50 83 1E 0C 64 ........M..P...d 0010: 03 38 99 07 02 FB 40 29 20 42 F0 E3 B5 37 BE 02 .8....@) B...7.. 0020: ED 92 00 49 77 46 00 A0 09 1C CF 20 50 83 1E 0C ...IwF..... P... 0030: F1 49 34 26 2E 29 ED E2 C7 F6 9C 2D 03 F7 B6 2B .I4&.).....-...+ 0040: DF 08 31 A9 BC 3F A0 29 66 C7 32 BE 00 34 00 00 ..1..?.)f.2..4.. 0050: 05 FF 01 00 01 00 0C 00 01 26 00 60 E9 E6 42 59 .........&.`..BY 0060: 9D 35 5F 37 C9 7F FD 35 67 12 0B 8E 25 C9 CD 43 .5_7...5g...%..C 0070: E9 27 B3 A9 67 0F BE C5 D8 90 14 19 22 D2 C3 B3 .'..g......."... 0080: AD 24 80 09 37 99 86 9D 1E 84 6A AB 49 FA B0 AD .$..7.....j.I... 0090: 26 D2 CE 6A 22 21 9D 47 0B CE 7D 77 7D 4A 21 FB &..j"!.G...w.J!. 00A0: E9 C2 70 B5 7F 60 70 02 F3 CE F8 39 36 94 CF 45 ..p..`p....96..E 00B0: EE 36 88 C1 1A 8C 56 AB 12 7A 3D AF 00 60 30 47 .6....V..z=..`0G 00C0: 0A D5 A0 05 FB 14 CE 2D 9D CD 87 E3 8B C7 D1 B1 .......-........ 00D0: C5 FA CB AE CB E9 5F 19 0A A7 A3 1D 23 C4 DB BC ......_.....#... 00E0: BE 06 17 45 44 40 1A 5B 2C 02 09 65 D8 C2 BD 21 ...ED@.[,..e...! 00F0: 71 D3 66 84 45 77 1F 74 BA 08 4D 20 29 D8 3C 1C q.f.Ew.t..M ).<. 0100: 15 85 47 F3 A9 F1 A2 71 5B E2 3D 51 AE 4D 3E 5A ..G....q[.=Q.M>Z 0110: 1F 6A 70 64 F3 16 93 3A 34 6D 3F 52 92 52 00 60 .jpd...:4m?R.R.` 0120: 08 3C 3B 0D E0 6E 20 A8 74 8B F6 92 0F 0C D8 6B .<;..n .t......k 0130: 52 B6 8C 50 C1 ED 9F BD 57 22 12 C5 B5 FC 1A 1B R..P....W"...... 0140: 5E A0 BC A2 1E 1D A5 A5 44 98 0B CC FB BB 0E E9 ^.......D....... 0150: EF 67 86 A8 B5 AD CE 97 C5 80 41 EF E9 BF 1D C4 .g........A..... 0160: 5D 50 D9 37 51 F0 65 1F 77 62 BC D3 34 92 A8 7F ]P.7Q.e.wb..4... 0170: 7F 42 3F 6F C6 86 46 D5 1F A2 92 19 B2 4F 38 74 .B?o..F......O8t 0180: 0E 00 00 00 .... [Raw read]: length = 5 0000: 15 03 01 00 02 ..... [Raw read]: length = 2 0000: 02 00 .. URT-, READ: TLSv1 Alert, length = 2 URT-, RECV TLSv1 ALERT: fatal, close_notify URT-, called closeSocket() URT-, handling exception: javax.net.ssl.SSLException: Received fatal alert: close_notify FYI, this works in iOS 6.0

Read the article

Set button content in a label (custom control)

- by user1881207

Instead of voting negative this question, answer to tell me what's wrong! I want to set the Button Content in a label in the custom control, because when I use it, the Content property is not visible and the button is empty (no text). <Button x:Class="WpfApplication1.UserControl1" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation" xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml" xmlns:mc="http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/markup-compatibility/2006" xmlns:d="http://schemas.microsoft.com/expression/blend/2008" mc:Ignorable="d" d:DesignHeight="35" d:DesignWidth="273" Content="Button"> <Button.Template> <ControlTemplate> <Grid> <Rectangle Name="rGridBack" StrokeThickness="1"> <Rectangle.Fill> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FF4D4D4D" Offset="1" /> <GradientStop Color="#FF404040" Offset="0" /> </LinearGradientBrush> </Rectangle.Fill> <Rectangle.Stroke> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FF4F4F4F" Offset="0" /> <GradientStop Color="#FF5B5B5B" Offset="1" /> </LinearGradientBrush> </Rectangle.Stroke> </Rectangle> <Rectangle Fill="#FF1E1E1E" Margin="1,1,1,1" Name="rThickness" /> <Rectangle Margin="2,2,2,2" Name="rGridTop" StrokeThickness="1"> <Rectangle.Fill> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FF68686C" Offset="0" /> <GradientStop Color="#FF474747" Offset="1" /> </LinearGradientBrush> </Rectangle.Fill> <Rectangle.Stroke> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FF7F7F7F" Offset="0" /> <GradientStop Color="#FF575757" Offset="1" /> </LinearGradientBrush> </Rectangle.Stroke> </Rectangle>  <Label FontWeight="Normal" Foreground="White" HorizontalContentAlignment="Center" Name="tblckStep1Desc" Padding="0" VerticalContentAlignment="Center"> <Label.Effect> <DropShadowEffect BlurRadius="2" Color="Black" Direction="330" Opacity="0.7" ShadowDepth="1.5" /> </Label.Effect> </Label> </Grid> <ControlTemplate.Triggers> <Trigger Property="Button.Content" Value=""> <Setter Property="Content" TargetName="tblckStep1Desc"> </Setter> </Trigger> <Trigger Property="UIElement.IsMouseOver" Value="True"> <Setter Property="Shape.Fill" TargetName="rGridTop"> <Setter.Value> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FF838383" Offset="0" /> <GradientStop Color="#FF545454" Offset="1" /> </LinearGradientBrush> </Setter.Value> </Setter> <Setter Property="Shape.Stroke" TargetName="rGridTop"> <Setter.Value> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FF595959" Offset="1" /> <GradientStop Color="#FF929292" Offset="0" /> </LinearGradientBrush> </Setter.Value> </Setter> <Setter Property="Shape.Stroke" TargetName="rGridBack"> <Setter.Value> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FF414141" Offset="0" /> <GradientStop Color="#FF565656" Offset="1" /> </LinearGradientBrush> </Setter.Value> </Setter> <Setter Property="Shape.Fill" TargetName="rThickness"> <Setter.Value> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FF181818" Offset="1" /> <GradientStop Color="#FF181818" Offset="0" /> </LinearGradientBrush> </Setter.Value> </Setter> </Trigger> <Trigger Property="UIElement.IsEnabled" Value="False"> <Setter Property="Shape.Fill" TargetName="rGridTop"> <Setter.Value> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FF68686C" Offset="0" /> <GradientStop Color="#FF474747" Offset="1" /> </LinearGradientBrush> </Setter.Value> </Setter> <Setter Property="Shape.Stroke" TargetName="rGridTop"> <Setter.Value> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FF7F7F7F" Offset="0" /> <GradientStop Color="#FF575757" Offset="1" /> </LinearGradientBrush> </Setter.Value> </Setter> <Setter Property="Shape.Stroke" TargetName="rGridBack"> <Setter.Value> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FF4F4F4F" Offset="0" /> <GradientStop Color="#FF5B5B5B" Offset="1" /> </LinearGradientBrush> </Setter.Value> </Setter> <Setter Property="Shape.Fill" TargetName="rThickness"> <Setter.Value> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FF1E1E1E" Offset="1" /> <GradientStop Color="#FF1E1E1E" Offset="0" /> </LinearGradientBrush> </Setter.Value> </Setter> <Setter Property="Control.Foreground" TargetName="tblckStep1Desc"> <Setter.Value> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FF898989" Offset="1" /> <GradientStop Color="#FF898989" Offset="0" /> </LinearGradientBrush> </Setter.Value> </Setter> </Trigger> <Trigger Property="ButtonBase.IsPressed" Value="True"> <Setter Property="Shape.Fill" TargetName="rGridTop"> <Setter.Value> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FF313131" Offset="1" /> <GradientStop Color="#FF2E2E2E" Offset="0" /> </LinearGradientBrush> </Setter.Value> </Setter> <Setter Property="Shape.Stroke" TargetName="rGridTop"> <Setter.Value> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FF1F1F1F" Offset="1" /> <GradientStop Color="#FF1F1F1F" Offset="0" /> </LinearGradientBrush> </Setter.Value> </Setter> <Setter Property="Shape.Stroke" TargetName="rGridBack"> <Setter.Value> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FF414141" Offset="1" /> <GradientStop Color="#FF565656" Offset="0" /> </LinearGradientBrush> </Setter.Value> </Setter> <Setter Property="Shape.Fill" TargetName="rThickness"> <Setter.Value> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FF0C0C0C" Offset="1" /> <GradientStop Color="#FF0C0C0C" Offset="0" /> </LinearGradientBrush> </Setter.Value> </Setter> </Trigger> </ControlTemplate.Triggers> </ControlTemplate> </Button.Template> The button is based on Adobe CS5 suite on dialog forms, because a lot of code.

Read the article

Linq 2 SQL using base class and WCF

- by Gena Verdel

Hi all. I have the following problem: I'm using L2S for generating entity classes. All these classes share the same property ID which is autonumber. So I figured to put this property to base class and extend all entity classes from the base one. In order to be able to read the value I'm using the override modifier on this property in each and every entity class. Up to now it's live and kicking. Then I decided to introduce another tier - services using WCF approach. I've modified the Serialization mode to Unidirectional (and added the IsReference=true attribute to enable two directions), also added [DataContract] attribute to the BaseObject class. WCF is able to transport the whole object but one property , which is ID. Applying [DataMember] attribute on ID property at the base class resulted in nothing. Am I missing something? Is what I'm trying to achieve possible at all? [DataContract()] abstract public class BaseObject : IIccObject public virtual long ID { get; set; } [Table(Name="dbo.Blocks")] [DataContract(IsReference=true)] public partial class Block : INotifyPropertyChanging, INotifyPropertyChanged { private static PropertyChangingEventArgs emptyChangingEventArgs = new PropertyChangingEventArgs(String.Empty); private long _ID; private int _StatusID; private string _Name; private bool _IsWithControlPoints; private long _DivisionID; private string _SHAPE; private EntitySet<BlockByWorkstation> _BlockByWorkstations; private EntitySet<PlanningPointAppropriation> _PlanningPointAppropriations; private EntitySet<Neighbor> _Neighbors; private EntitySet<Neighbor> _Neighbors1; private EntitySet<Task> _Tasks; private EntitySet<PlanningPointByBlock> _PlanningPointByBlocks; private EntityRef<Division> _Division; private bool serializing; #region Extensibility Method Definitions partial void OnLoaded(); partial void OnValidate(System.Data.Linq.ChangeAction action); partial void OnCreated(); partial void OnIDChanging(long value); partial void OnIDChanged(); partial void OnStatusIDChanging(int value); partial void OnStatusIDChanged(); partial void OnNameChanging(string value); partial void OnNameChanged(); partial void OnIsWithControlPointsChanging(bool value); partial void OnIsWithControlPointsChanged(); partial void OnDivisionIDChanging(long value); partial void OnDivisionIDChanged(); partial void OnSHAPEChanging(string value); partial void OnSHAPEChanged(); #endregion public Block() { this.Initialize(); } [Column(Storage="_ID", AutoSync=AutoSync.OnInsert, DbType="BigInt NOT NULL IDENTITY", IsPrimaryKey=true, IsDbGenerated=true)] [DataMember(Order=1)] public override long ID { get { return this._ID; } set { if ((this._ID != value)) { this.OnIDChanging(value); this.SendPropertyChanging(); this._ID = value; this.SendPropertyChanged("ID"); this.OnIDChanged(); } } } [Column(Storage="_StatusID", DbType="Int NOT NULL")] [DataMember(Order=2)] public int StatusID { get { return this._StatusID; } set { if ((this._StatusID != value)) { this.OnStatusIDChanging(value); this.SendPropertyChanging(); this._StatusID = value; this.SendPropertyChanged("StatusID"); this.OnStatusIDChanged(); } } } [Column(Storage="_Name", DbType="NVarChar(255)")] [DataMember(Order=3)] public string Name { get { return this._Name; } set { if ((this._Name != value)) { this.OnNameChanging(value); this.SendPropertyChanging(); this._Name = value; this.SendPropertyChanged("Name"); this.OnNameChanged(); } } } [Column(Storage="_IsWithControlPoints", DbType="Bit NOT NULL")] [DataMember(Order=4)] public bool IsWithControlPoints { get { return this._IsWithControlPoints; } set { if ((this._IsWithControlPoints != value)) { this.OnIsWithControlPointsChanging(value); this.SendPropertyChanging(); this._IsWithControlPoints = value; this.SendPropertyChanged("IsWithControlPoints"); this.OnIsWithControlPointsChanged(); } } } [Column(Storage="_DivisionID", DbType="BigInt NOT NULL")] [DataMember(Order=5)] public long DivisionID { get { return this._DivisionID; } set { if ((this._DivisionID != value)) { if (this._Division.HasLoadedOrAssignedValue) { throw new System.Data.Linq.ForeignKeyReferenceAlreadyHasValueException(); } this.OnDivisionIDChanging(value); this.SendPropertyChanging(); this._DivisionID = value; this.SendPropertyChanged("DivisionID"); this.OnDivisionIDChanged(); } } } [Column(Storage="_SHAPE", DbType="Text", UpdateCheck=UpdateCheck.Never)] [DataMember(Order=6)] public string SHAPE { get { return this._SHAPE; } set { if ((this._SHAPE != value)) { this.OnSHAPEChanging(value); this.SendPropertyChanging(); this._SHAPE = value; this.SendPropertyChanged("SHAPE"); this.OnSHAPEChanged(); } } } [Association(Name="Block_BlockByWorkstation", Storage="_BlockByWorkstations", ThisKey="ID", OtherKey="BlockID")] [DataMember(Order=7, EmitDefaultValue=false)] public EntitySet<BlockByWorkstation> BlockByWorkstations { get { if ((this.serializing && (this._BlockByWorkstations.HasLoadedOrAssignedValues == false))) { return null; } return this._BlockByWorkstations; } set { this._BlockByWorkstations.Assign(value); } } [Association(Name="Block_PlanningPointAppropriation", Storage="_PlanningPointAppropriations", ThisKey="ID", OtherKey="MasterBlockID")] [DataMember(Order=8, EmitDefaultValue=false)] public EntitySet<PlanningPointAppropriation> PlanningPointAppropriations { get { if ((this.serializing && (this._PlanningPointAppropriations.HasLoadedOrAssignedValues == false))) { return null; } return this._PlanningPointAppropriations; } set { this._PlanningPointAppropriations.Assign(value); } } [Association(Name="Block_Neighbor", Storage="_Neighbors", ThisKey="ID", OtherKey="FirstBlockID")] [DataMember(Order=9, EmitDefaultValue=false)] public EntitySet<Neighbor> Neighbors { get { if ((this.serializing && (this._Neighbors.HasLoadedOrAssignedValues == false))) { return null; } return this._Neighbors; } set { this._Neighbors.Assign(value); } } [Association(Name="Block_Neighbor1", Storage="_Neighbors1", ThisKey="ID", OtherKey="SecondBlockID")] [DataMember(Order=10, EmitDefaultValue=false)] public EntitySet<Neighbor> Neighbors1 { get { if ((this.serializing && (this._Neighbors1.HasLoadedOrAssignedValues == false))) { return null; } return this._Neighbors1; } set { this._Neighbors1.Assign(value); } } [Association(Name="Block_Task", Storage="_Tasks", ThisKey="ID", OtherKey="BlockID")] [DataMember(Order=11, EmitDefaultValue=false)] public EntitySet<Task> Tasks { get { if ((this.serializing && (this._Tasks.HasLoadedOrAssignedValues == false))) { return null; } return this._Tasks; } set { this._Tasks.Assign(value); } } [Association(Name="Block_PlanningPointByBlock", Storage="_PlanningPointByBlocks", ThisKey="ID", OtherKey="BlockID")] [DataMember(Order=12, EmitDefaultValue=false)] public EntitySet<PlanningPointByBlock> PlanningPointByBlocks { get { if ((this.serializing && (this._PlanningPointByBlocks.HasLoadedOrAssignedValues == false))) { return null; } return this._PlanningPointByBlocks; } set { this._PlanningPointByBlocks.Assign(value); } } [Association(Name="Division_Block", Storage="_Division", ThisKey="DivisionID", OtherKey="ID", IsForeignKey=true, DeleteOnNull=true, DeleteRule="CASCADE")] public Division Division { get { return this._Division.Entity; } set { Division previousValue = this._Division.Entity; if (((previousValue != value) || (this._Division.HasLoadedOrAssignedValue == false))) { this.SendPropertyChanging(); if ((previousValue != null)) { this._Division.Entity = null; previousValue.Blocks.Remove(this); } this._Division.Entity = value; if ((value != null)) { value.Blocks.Add(this); this._DivisionID = value.ID; } else { this._DivisionID = default(long); } this.SendPropertyChanged("Division"); } } } public event PropertyChangingEventHandler PropertyChanging; public event PropertyChangedEventHandler PropertyChanged; protected virtual void SendPropertyChanging() { if ((this.PropertyChanging != null)) { this.PropertyChanging(this, emptyChangingEventArgs); } } protected virtual void SendPropertyChanged(String propertyName) { if ((this.PropertyChanged != null)) { this.PropertyChanged(this, new PropertyChangedEventArgs(propertyName)); } } private void attach_BlockByWorkstations(BlockByWorkstation entity) { this.SendPropertyChanging(); entity.Block = this; } private void detach_BlockByWorkstations(BlockByWorkstation entity) { this.SendPropertyChanging(); entity.Block = null; } private void attach_PlanningPointAppropriations(PlanningPointAppropriation entity) { this.SendPropertyChanging(); entity.Block = this; } private void detach_PlanningPointAppropriations(PlanningPointAppropriation entity) { this.SendPropertyChanging(); entity.Block = null; } private void attach_Neighbors(Neighbor entity) { this.SendPropertyChanging(); entity.FirstBlock = this; } private void detach_Neighbors(Neighbor entity) { this.SendPropertyChanging(); entity.FirstBlock = null; } private void attach_Neighbors1(Neighbor entity) { this.SendPropertyChanging(); entity.SecondBlock = this; } private void detach_Neighbors1(Neighbor entity) { this.SendPropertyChanging(); entity.SecondBlock = null; } private void attach_Tasks(Task entity) { this.SendPropertyChanging(); entity.Block = this; } private void detach_Tasks(Task entity) { this.SendPropertyChanging(); entity.Block = null; } private void attach_PlanningPointByBlocks(PlanningPointByBlock entity) { this.SendPropertyChanging(); entity.Block = this; } private void detach_PlanningPointByBlocks(PlanningPointByBlock entity) { this.SendPropertyChanging(); entity.Block = null; } private void Initialize() { this._BlockByWorkstations = new EntitySet<BlockByWorkstation>(new Action<BlockByWorkstation>(this.attach_BlockByWorkstations), new Action<BlockByWorkstation>(this.detach_BlockByWorkstations)); this._PlanningPointAppropriations = new EntitySet<PlanningPointAppropriation>(new Action<PlanningPointAppropriation>(this.attach_PlanningPointAppropriations), new Action<PlanningPointAppropriation>(this.detach_PlanningPointAppropriations)); this._Neighbors = new EntitySet<Neighbor>(new Action<Neighbor>(this.attach_Neighbors), new Action<Neighbor>(this.detach_Neighbors)); this._Neighbors1 = new EntitySet<Neighbor>(new Action<Neighbor>(this.attach_Neighbors1), new Action<Neighbor>(this.detach_Neighbors1)); this._Tasks = new EntitySet<Task>(new Action<Task>(this.attach_Tasks), new Action<Task>(this.detach_Tasks)); this._PlanningPointByBlocks = new EntitySet<PlanningPointByBlock>(new Action<PlanningPointByBlock>(this.attach_PlanningPointByBlocks), new Action<PlanningPointByBlock>(this.detach_PlanningPointByBlocks)); this._Division = default(EntityRef<Division>); OnCreated(); } [OnDeserializing()] [System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(EditorBrowsableState.Never)] public void OnDeserializing(StreamingContext context) { this.Initialize(); } [OnSerializing()] [System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(EditorBrowsableState.Never)] public void OnSerializing(StreamingContext context) { this.serializing = true; } [OnSerialized()] [System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(EditorBrowsableState.Never)] public void OnSerialized(StreamingContext context) { this.serializing = false; } }

Read the article

Gui problem after rewriting to MVC

- by trevor_nise

I'm practicing MVC style programming. I have a Mastermind game in a single file, working with no problems (maybe apart of the fact that "Check" button is invisible at start). http://paste.pocoo.org/show/226726/ But when I've rewritten it to model, view, controller files - when I click on empty Pin (that should be updated, and repainted with new color) - noting happens. Can anybody see any problems here ? I've tried placing repaint() in different places, but it simply does not work at all :/ Main : public class Main { public static void main(String[] args){ Model model = new Model(); View view = new View("Mastermind", 400, 590, model); Controller controller = new Controller(model, view); view.setVisible(true); } } Model : import java.util.Random; public class Model{ static final int LINE = 5, SCORE = 10, OPTIONS = 20; Pin pins[][] = new Pin[21][LINE]; int combination[] = new int[LINE]; int curPin = 0; int turn = 1; Random generator = new Random(); int repaintPin; boolean pinsRepaint=false; int pinsToRepaint; boolean isUpdate = true, isPlaying = true, isRowFull = false; static final int HIT_X[] = {270,290,310,290,310}, HIT_Y[] = {506,496,496,516,516}; public Model(){ for ( int i=0; i < SCORE; i++ ){ for ( int j = 0; j < LINE; j++ ){ pins[i][j] = new Pin(20,0); pins[i][j].setPosition(j*50+30,510-i*50); pins[i+SCORE][j] = new Pin(8,0); pins[i+SCORE][j].setPosition(HIT_X[j],HIT_Y[j]-i*50); } } for ( int i=0; i < LINE; i++ ){ pins[OPTIONS][i] = new Pin( 20, i+2 ); pins[OPTIONS][i].setPosition( 370,i * 50 + 56); } } void fillHole(int color) { pins[turn-1][curPin].setColor(color+1); pinsRepaint = true; pinsToRepaint = turn; curPin = (curPin+1) % LINE; if (curPin == 0){ isRowFull = true; } pinsRepaint = false; pinsToRepaint = 0; } void check() { int junkPins[] = new int[LINE], junkCode[] = new int[LINE]; int pinCount = 0, pico = 0; for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ) { junkPins[i] = pins[turn-1][i].getColor(); junkCode[i] = combination[i]; } for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ if (junkPins[i]==junkCode[i]) { pins[turn+SCORE][pinCount].setColor(1); pinCount++; pico++; junkPins[i] = 98; junkCode[i] = 99; } } for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ for ( int j = 0; j < LINE; j++ ) if (junkPins[i]==junkCode[j]) { pins[turn+SCORE][pinCount].setColor(2); pinCount++; junkPins[i] = 98; junkCode[j] = 99; j = LINE; } } pinsRepaint = true; pinsToRepaint = turn + SCORE; pinsRepaint = false; pinsToRepaint=0; if ( pico == LINE ){ isPlaying = false; } else if ( turn >= 10 ){ isPlaying = false; } else{ curPin = 0; isRowFull = false; turn++; } } void combination() { for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ combination[i] = generator.nextInt(6) + 1; } } } class Pin{ private int color, X, Y, radius; public Pin(){ X = 0; Y = 0; radius = 0; color = 0; } public Pin( int r,int c ){ X = 0; Y = 0; radius = r; color = c; } public int getX(){ return X; } public int getY(){ return Y; } public int getRadius(){ return radius; } public void setRadius(int r){ radius = r; } public void setPosition( int x,int y ){ this.X = x ; this.Y = y ; } public void setColor( int c ){ color = c; } public int getColor() { return color; } } View: import java.awt.*; import javax.swing.*; public class View extends Frame{ Model model; JButton checkAnswer; private JPanel button; private static final Color COLORS[] = {Color.black, Color.white, Color.red, Color.yellow, Color.green, Color.blue, new Color(7, 254, 250)}; public View(String name, int w, int h, Model m){ model = m; setTitle( name ); setSize( w,h ); setResizable( false ); this.setLayout(new BorderLayout()); button = new JPanel(); button.setSize( new Dimension(400, 100)); button.setVisible(true); checkAnswer = new JButton("Check"); checkAnswer.setSize( new Dimension(200, 30)); button.add( checkAnswer ); this.add( button, BorderLayout.SOUTH); button.setVisible(true); } @Override public void paint( Graphics g ) { g.setColor( new Color(238, 238, 238)); g.fillRect( 0,0,400,590); for ( int i=0; i < model.pins.length; i++ ) { paintPins(model.pins[i][0],g); paintPins(model.pins[i][1],g); paintPins(model.pins[i][2],g); paintPins(model.pins[i][3],g); paintPins(model.pins[i][4],g); } } @Override public void update( Graphics g ) { if ( model.isUpdate ) { paint(g); } else { model.isUpdate = true; paintPins(model.pins[model.repaintPin-1][0],g); paintPins(model.pins[model.repaintPin-1][1],g); paintPins(model.pins[model.repaintPin-1][2],g); paintPins(model.pins[model.repaintPin-1][3],g); paintPins(model.pins[model.repaintPin-1][4],g); } } void repaintPins( int pin ) { model.repaintPin = pin; model.isUpdate = false; repaint(); } public void paintPins(Pin p, Graphics g ){ int X = p.getX(); int Y = p.getY(); int color = p.getColor(); int radius = p.getRadius(); int x = X-radius; int y = Y-radius; if (color > 0){ g.setColor( COLORS[color]); g.fillOval( x,y,2*radius,2*radius ); } else{ g.setColor( new Color(238, 238, 238) ); g.drawOval( x,y,2*radius-1,2*radius-1 ); } g.setColor( Color.black ); g.drawOval( x,y,2*radius,2*radius ); } } Controller: import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; public class Controller implements MouseListener, ActionListener { private Model model; private View view; public Controller(Model m, View v){ model = m; view = v; view.addWindowListener( new WindowAdapter(){ public void windowClosing(WindowEvent e){ System.exit(0); } }); view.addMouseListener(this); view.checkAnswer.addActionListener(this); model.combination(); } public void actionPerformed( ActionEvent e ) { if(e.getSource() == view.checkAnswer){ if(model.isRowFull){ model.check(); } } } public void mousePressed(MouseEvent e) { Point mouse = new Point(); mouse = e.getPoint(); if (model.isPlaying){ if (mouse.x > 350) { int button = 1 + (int)((mouse.y - 32) / 50); if ((button >= 1) && (button <= 5)){ model.fillHole(button); if(model.pinsRepaint){ view.repaintPins( model.pinsToRepaint ); } } } } } public void mouseClicked(MouseEvent e) {} public void mouseReleased(MouseEvent e){} public void mouseEntered(MouseEvent e) {} public void mouseExited(MouseEvent e) {} }

Read the article

Cnoverting application to MVC architecture

- by terence6

I'm practicing writing MVC applications. I have a Mastermind game, that I would like to rewrite as MVC app. I have divided my code to parts, but instead of working game I'm getting empty Frame and an error in "public void paint( Graphics g )". Error comes from calling this method in my view with null argument. But how to overcome this ? MVC was quite simple with swing but awt and it's paint methods are much more complicated. Code of working app : http://paste.pocoo.org/show/224982/ App divided to MVC : Main : public class Main { public static void main(String[] args){ Model model = new Model(); View view = new View("Mastermind", 400, 590, model); Controller controller = new Controller(model, view); view.setVisible(true); } } Controller : import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; public class Controller implements MouseListener, ActionListener { private Model model; private View view; public Controller(Model m, View v){ model = m; view = v; view.addWindowListener( new WindowAdapter(){ public void windowClosing(WindowEvent e){ System.exit(0); } }); view.addMouseListener(this); } public void actionPerformed( ActionEvent e ) { if(e.getSource() == view.checkAnswer){ if(model.isRowFull){ model.check(); } } } public void mousePressed(MouseEvent e) { Point mouse = new Point(); mouse = e.getPoint(); if (model.isPlaying){ if (mouse.x > 350) { int button = 1 + (int)((mouse.y - 32) / 50); if ((button >= 1) && (button <= 5)){ model.fillHole(button); } } } } public void mouseClicked(MouseEvent e) {} public void mouseReleased(MouseEvent e){} public void mouseEntered(MouseEvent e) {} public void mouseExited(MouseEvent e) {} } View : import java.awt.*; import javax.swing.*; import java.awt.event.*; public class View extends Frame implements ActionListener { Model model; JButton checkAnswer; private JPanel button; static final int HIT_X[] = {270,290,310,290,310}, HIT_Y[] = {506,496,496,516,516}; public View(String name, int w, int h, Model m){ model = m; setTitle( name ); setSize( w,h ); setResizable( false ); this.setLayout(new BorderLayout()); button = new JPanel(); button.setSize( new Dimension(400, 100)); button.setVisible(true); checkAnswer = new JButton("Check"); checkAnswer.addActionListener(this); checkAnswer.setSize( new Dimension(200, 30)); button.add( checkAnswer ); this.add( button, BorderLayout.SOUTH); button.setVisible(true); for ( int i=0; i < model.SCORE; i++ ){ for ( int j = 0; j < model.LINE; j++ ){ model.pins[i][j] = new Pin(20,0); model.pins[i][j].setPosition(j*50+30,510-i*50); model.pins[i+model.SCORE][j] = new Pin(8,0); model.pins[i+model.SCORE][j].setPosition(HIT_X[j],HIT_Y[j]-i*50); } } for ( int i=0; i < model.LINE; i++ ){ model.pins[model.OPTIONS][i] = new Pin( 20, i+2 ); model.pins[model.OPTIONS][i].setPosition( 370,i * 50 + 56); } model.combination(); model.paint(null); } public void actionPerformed( ActionEvent e ) { } } Model: import java.awt.*; public class Model extends Frame{ static final int LINE = 5, SCORE = 10, OPTIONS = 20; Pin pins[][] = new Pin[21][LINE]; int combination[] = new int[LINE]; int curPin = 0; int turn = 1; int repaintPin; boolean isUpdate = true, isPlaying = true, isRowFull = false; public Model(){ } void fillHole(int color) { pins[turn-1][curPin].setColor(color+1); repaintPins( turn ); curPin = (curPin+1) % LINE; if (curPin == 0){ isRowFull = true; } } public void paint( Graphics g ) { g.setColor( new Color(238, 238, 238)); g.fillRect( 0,0,400,590); for ( int i=0; i < pins.length; i++ ) { pins[i][0].paint(g); pins[i][1].paint(g); pins[i][2].paint(g); pins[i][3].paint(g); pins[i][4].paint(g); } } public void update( Graphics g ) { if ( isUpdate ) { paint(g); } else { isUpdate = true; pins[repaintPin-1][0].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][1].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][2].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][3].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][4].paint(g); } } void repaintPins( int pin ) { repaintPin = pin; isUpdate = false; repaint(); } void check() { int junkPegs[] = new int[LINE], junkCode[] = new int[LINE]; int pegCount = 0, pico = 0; for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ) { junkPegs[i] = pins[turn-1][i].getColor(); junkCode[i] = combination[i]; } for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ if (junkPegs[i]==junkCode[i]) { pins[turn+SCORE][pegCount].setColor(1); pegCount++; pico++; junkPegs[i] = 98; junkCode[i] = 99; } } for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ for ( int j = 0; j < LINE; j++ ) if (junkPegs[i]==junkCode[j]) { pins[turn+SCORE][pegCount].setColor(2); pegCount++; junkPegs[i] = 98; junkCode[j] = 99; j = LINE; } } repaintPins( turn+SCORE ); if ( pico == LINE ){ isPlaying = false; } else if ( turn >= 10 ){ isPlaying = false; } else{ curPin = 0; isRowFull = false; turn++; } } void combination() { for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ combination[i] = 1 + (int)(Math.random()*5); System.out.print(i+","); } } } class Pin{ private int color, X, Y, radius; private static final Color COLORS[] = { Color.black, Color.white, Color.red, Color.yellow, Color.green, Color.blue, new Color(7, 254, 250)}; public Pin(){ X = 0; Y = 0; radius = 0; color = 0; } public Pin( int r,int c ){ X = 0; Y = 0; radius = r; color = c; } public void paint( Graphics g ){ int x = X-radius; int y = Y-radius; if (color > 0){ g.setColor( COLORS[color]); g.fillOval( x,y,2*radius,2*radius ); } else{ g.setColor( new Color(238, 238, 238) ); g.drawOval( x,y,2*radius-1,2*radius-1 ); } g.setColor( Color.black ); g.drawOval( x,y,2*radius,2*radius ); } public void setPosition( int x,int y ){ this.X = x ; this.Y = y ; } public void setColor( int c ){ color = c; } public int getColor() { return color; } } Any clues on how to overcome this would be great. Have I divided my code improperly ?

Read the article

Converting application to MVC architecture

- by terence6

I'm practicing writing MVC applications. I have a Mastermind game, that I would like to rewrite as MVC app. I have divided my code to parts, but instead of working game I'm getting empty Frame and an error in "public void paint( Graphics g )". Error comes from calling this method in my view with null argument. But how to overcome this ? MVC was quite simple with swing but awt and it's paint methods are much more complicated. Code of working app : http://paste.pocoo.org/show/224982/ App divided to MVC : Main : public class Main { public static void main(String[] args){ Model model = new Model(); View view = new View("Mastermind", 400, 590, model); Controller controller = new Controller(model, view); view.setVisible(true); } } Controller : import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; public class Controller implements MouseListener, ActionListener { private Model model; private View view; public Controller(Model m, View v){ model = m; view = v; view.addWindowListener( new WindowAdapter(){ public void windowClosing(WindowEvent e){ System.exit(0); } }); view.addMouseListener(this); } public void actionPerformed( ActionEvent e ) { if(e.getSource() == view.checkAnswer){ if(model.isRowFull){ model.check(); } } } public void mousePressed(MouseEvent e) { Point mouse = new Point(); mouse = e.getPoint(); if (model.isPlaying){ if (mouse.x > 350) { int button = 1 + (int)((mouse.y - 32) / 50); if ((button >= 1) && (button <= 5)){ model.fillHole(button); } } } } public void mouseClicked(MouseEvent e) {} public void mouseReleased(MouseEvent e){} public void mouseEntered(MouseEvent e) {} public void mouseExited(MouseEvent e) {} } View : import java.awt.*; import javax.swing.*; import java.awt.event.*; public class View extends Frame implements ActionListener { Model model; JButton checkAnswer; private JPanel button; static final int HIT_X[] = {270,290,310,290,310}, HIT_Y[] = {506,496,496,516,516}; public View(String name, int w, int h, Model m){ model = m; setTitle( name ); setSize( w,h ); setResizable( false ); this.setLayout(new BorderLayout()); button = new JPanel(); button.setSize( new Dimension(400, 100)); button.setVisible(true); checkAnswer = new JButton("Check"); checkAnswer.addActionListener(this); checkAnswer.setSize( new Dimension(200, 30)); button.add( checkAnswer ); this.add( button, BorderLayout.SOUTH); button.setVisible(true); for ( int i=0; i < model.SCORE; i++ ){ for ( int j = 0; j < model.LINE; j++ ){ model.pins[i][j] = new Pin(20,0); model.pins[i][j].setPosition(j*50+30,510-i*50); model.pins[i+model.SCORE][j] = new Pin(8,0); model.pins[i+model.SCORE][j].setPosition(HIT_X[j],HIT_Y[j]-i*50); } } for ( int i=0; i < model.LINE; i++ ){ model.pins[model.OPTIONS][i] = new Pin( 20, i+2 ); model.pins[model.OPTIONS][i].setPosition( 370,i * 50 + 56); } model.combination(); model.paint(null); } public void actionPerformed( ActionEvent e ) { } } Model: import java.awt.*; public class Model extends Frame{ static final int LINE = 5, SCORE = 10, OPTIONS = 20; Pin pins[][] = new Pin[21][LINE]; int combination[] = new int[LINE]; int curPin = 0; int turn = 1; int repaintPin; boolean isUpdate = true, isPlaying = true, isRowFull = false; public Model(){ } void fillHole(int color) { pins[turn-1][curPin].setColor(color+1); repaintPins( turn ); curPin = (curPin+1) % LINE; if (curPin == 0){ isRowFull = true; } } public void paint( Graphics g ) { g.setColor( new Color(238, 238, 238)); g.fillRect( 0,0,400,590); for ( int i=0; i < pins.length; i++ ) { pins[i][0].paint(g); pins[i][1].paint(g); pins[i][2].paint(g); pins[i][3].paint(g); pins[i][4].paint(g); } } public void update( Graphics g ) { if ( isUpdate ) { paint(g); } else { isUpdate = true; pins[repaintPin-1][0].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][1].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][2].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][3].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][4].paint(g); } } void repaintPins( int pin ) { repaintPin = pin; isUpdate = false; repaint(); } void check() { int junkPegs[] = new int[LINE], junkCode[] = new int[LINE]; int pegCount = 0, pico = 0; for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ) { junkPegs[i] = pins[turn-1][i].getColor(); junkCode[i] = combination[i]; } for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ if (junkPegs[i]==junkCode[i]) { pins[turn+SCORE][pegCount].setColor(1); pegCount++; pico++; junkPegs[i] = 98; junkCode[i] = 99; } } for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ for ( int j = 0; j < LINE; j++ ) if (junkPegs[i]==junkCode[j]) { pins[turn+SCORE][pegCount].setColor(2); pegCount++; junkPegs[i] = 98; junkCode[j] = 99; j = LINE; } } repaintPins( turn+SCORE ); if ( pico == LINE ){ isPlaying = false; } else if ( turn >= 10 ){ isPlaying = false; } else{ curPin = 0; isRowFull = false; turn++; } } void combination() { for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ combination[i] = 1 + (int)(Math.random()*5); System.out.print(i+","); } } } class Pin{ private int color, X, Y, radius; private static final Color COLORS[] = { Color.black, Color.white, Color.red, Color.yellow, Color.green, Color.blue, new Color(7, 254, 250)}; public Pin(){ X = 0; Y = 0; radius = 0; color = 0; } public Pin( int r,int c ){ X = 0; Y = 0; radius = r; color = c; } public void paint( Graphics g ){ int x = X-radius; int y = Y-radius; if (color > 0){ g.setColor( COLORS[color]); g.fillOval( x,y,2*radius,2*radius ); } else{ g.setColor( new Color(238, 238, 238) ); g.drawOval( x,y,2*radius-1,2*radius-1 ); } g.setColor( Color.black ); g.drawOval( x,y,2*radius,2*radius ); } public void setPosition( int x,int y ){ this.X = x ; this.Y = y ; } public void setColor( int c ){ color = c; } public int getColor() { return color; } } Any clues on how to overcome this would be great. Have I divided my code improperly ?

Read the article

MySQL Config File for Large System

- by Jonathon

We are running MySQL on a Windows 2003 Server Enterpise Edition box. MySQL is about the only program running on the box. We have approx. 8 slaves replicated to it, but my understanding is that having multiple slaves connecting to the same master does not significantly slow down performance, if at all. The master server has 16G RAM, 10 Terabyte drives in RAID 10, and four dual-core processors. From what I have seen from other sites, we have a really robust machine as our master db server. We just upgraded from a machine with only 4G RAM, but with similar hard drives, RAID, etc. It also ran Apache on it, so it was our db server and our application server. It was getting a little slow, so we split the db server onto this new machine and kept the application server on the first machine. We also distributed the application load amongst a few of our other slave servers, which also run the application. The problem is the new db server has mysqld.exe consuming 95-100% of CPU almost all the time and is really causing the app to run slowly. I know we have several queries and table structures that could be better optimized, but since they worked okay on the older, smaller server, I assume that our my.ini (MySQL config) file is not properly configured. Most of what I see on the net is for setting config files on small machines, so can anyone help me get the my.ini file correct for a large dedicated machine like ours? I just don't see how mysqld could get so bogged down! FYI: We have about 100 queries per second. We only use MyISAM tables, so skip-innodb is set in the ini file. And yes, I know it is reading the ini file correctly because I can change some settings (like the server-id and it will kill the server at startup). Here is the my.ini file: #MySQL Server Instance Configuration File # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Generated by the MySQL Server Instance Configuration Wizard # # # Installation Instructions # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # # On Linux you can copy this file to /etc/my.cnf to set global options, # mysql-data-dir/my.cnf to set server-specific options # (@localstatedir@ for this installation) or to # ~/.my.cnf to set user-specific options. # # On Windows you should keep this file in the installation directory # of your server (e.g. C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Server X.Y). To # make sure the server reads the config file use the startup option # "--defaults-file". # # To run run the server from the command line, execute this in a # command line shell, e.g. # mysqld --defaults-file="C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Server X.Y\my.ini" # # To install the server as a Windows service manually, execute this in a # command line shell, e.g. # mysqld --install MySQLXY --defaults-file="C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Server X.Y\my.ini" # # And then execute this in a command line shell to start the server, e.g. # net start MySQLXY # # # Guildlines for editing this file # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # # In this file, you can use all long options that the program supports. # If you want to know the options a program supports, start the program # with the "--help" option. # # More detailed information about the individual options can also be # found in the manual. # # # CLIENT SECTION # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # # The following options will be read by MySQL client applications. # Note that only client applications shipped by MySQL are guaranteed # to read this section. If you want your own MySQL client program to # honor these values, you need to specify it as an option during the # MySQL client library initialization. # [client] port=3306 [mysql] default-character-set=latin1 # SERVER SECTION # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # # The following options will be read by the MySQL Server. Make sure that # you have installed the server correctly (see above) so it reads this # file. # [mysqld] # The TCP/IP Port the MySQL Server will listen on port=3306 #Path to installation directory. All paths are usually resolved relative to this. basedir="D:/MySQL/" #Path to the database root datadir="D:/MySQL/data" # The default character set that will be used when a new schema or table is # created and no character set is defined default-character-set=latin1 # The default storage engine that will be used when create new tables when default-storage-engine=MYISAM # Set the SQL mode to strict #sql-mode="STRICT_TRANS_TABLES,NO_AUTO_CREATE_USER,NO_ENGINE_SUBSTITUTION" # we changed this because there are a couple of queries that can get blocked otherwise sql-mode="" #performance configs skip-locking max_allowed_packet = 1M table_open_cache = 512 # The maximum amount of concurrent sessions the MySQL server will # allow. One of these connections will be reserved for a user with # SUPER privileges to allow the administrator to login even if the # connection limit has been reached. max_connections=1510 # Query cache is used to cache SELECT results and later return them # without actual executing the same query once again. Having the query # cache enabled may result in significant speed improvements, if your # have a lot of identical queries and rarely changing tables. See the # "Qcache_lowmem_prunes" status variable to check if the current value # is high enough for your load. # Note: In case your tables change very often or if your queries are # textually different every time, the query cache may result in a # slowdown instead of a performance improvement. query_cache_size=168M # The number of open tables for all threads. Increasing this value # increases the number of file descriptors that mysqld requires. # Therefore you have to make sure to set the amount of open files # allowed to at least 4096 in the variable "open-files-limit" in # section [mysqld_safe] table_cache=3020 # Maximum size for internal (in-memory) temporary tables. If a table # grows larger than this value, it is automatically converted to disk # based table This limitation is for a single table. There can be many # of them. tmp_table_size=30M # How many threads we should keep in a cache for reuse. When a client # disconnects, the client's threads are put in the cache if there aren't # more than thread_cache_size threads from before. This greatly reduces # the amount of thread creations needed if you have a lot of new # connections. (Normally this doesn't give a notable performance # improvement if you have a good thread implementation.) thread_cache_size=64 #*** MyISAM Specific options # The maximum size of the temporary file MySQL is allowed to use while # recreating the index (during REPAIR, ALTER TABLE or LOAD DATA INFILE. # If the file-size would be bigger than this, the index will be created # through the key cache (which is slower). myisam_max_sort_file_size=100G # If the temporary file used for fast index creation would be bigger # than using the key cache by the amount specified here, then prefer the # key cache method. This is mainly used to force long character keys in # large tables to use the slower key cache method to create the index. myisam_sort_buffer_size=64M # Size of the Key Buffer, used to cache index blocks for MyISAM tables. # Do not set it larger than 30% of your available memory, as some memory # is also required by the OS to cache rows. Even if you're not using # MyISAM tables, you should still set it to 8-64M as it will also be # used for internal temporary disk tables. key_buffer_size=3072M # Size of the buffer used for doing full table scans of MyISAM tables. # Allocated per thread, if a full scan is needed. read_buffer_size=2M read_rnd_buffer_size=8M # This buffer is allocated when MySQL needs to rebuild the index in # REPAIR, OPTIMZE, ALTER table statements as well as in LOAD DATA INFILE # into an empty table. It is allocated per thread so be careful with # large settings. sort_buffer_size=2M #*** INNODB Specific options *** innodb_data_home_dir="D:/MySQL InnoDB Datafiles/" # Use this option if you have a MySQL server with InnoDB support enabled # but you do not plan to use it. This will save memory and disk space # and speed up some things. skip-innodb # Additional memory pool that is used by InnoDB to store metadata # information. If InnoDB requires more memory for this purpose it will # start to allocate it from the OS. As this is fast enough on most # recent operating systems, you normally do not need to change this # value. SHOW INNODB STATUS will display the current amount used. innodb_additional_mem_pool_size=11M # If set to 1, InnoDB will flush (fsync) the transaction logs to the # disk at each commit, which offers full ACID behavior. If you are # willing to compromise this safety, and you are running small # transactions, you may set this to 0 or 2 to reduce disk I/O to the # logs. Value 0 means that the log is only written to the log file and # the log file flushed to disk approximately once per second. Value 2 # means the log is written to the log file at each commit, but the log # file is only flushed to disk approximately once per second. innodb_flush_log_at_trx_commit=1 # The size of the buffer InnoDB uses for buffering log data. As soon as # it is full, InnoDB will have to flush it to disk. As it is flushed # once per second anyway, it does not make sense to have it very large # (even with long transactions). innodb_log_buffer_size=6M # InnoDB, unlike MyISAM, uses a buffer pool to cache both indexes and # row data. The bigger you set this the less disk I/O is needed to # access data in tables. On a dedicated database server you may set this # parameter up to 80% of the machine physical memory size. Do not set it # too large, though, because competition of the physical memory may # cause paging in the operating system. Note that on 32bit systems you # might be limited to 2-3.5G of user level memory per process, so do not # set it too high. innodb_buffer_pool_size=500M # Size of each log file in a log group. You should set the combined size # of log files to about 25%-100% of your buffer pool size to avoid # unneeded buffer pool flush activity on log file overwrite. However, # note that a larger logfile size will increase the time needed for the # recovery process. innodb_log_file_size=100M # Number of threads allowed inside the InnoDB kernel. The optimal value # depends highly on the application, hardware as well as the OS # scheduler properties. A too high value may lead to thread thrashing. innodb_thread_concurrency=10 #replication settings (this is the master) log-bin=log server-id = 1 Thanks for all the help. It is greatly appreciated.

Read the article

Zen and the Art of File and Folder Organization

- by Mark Virtue

Is your desk a paragon of neatness, or does it look like a paper-bomb has gone off? If you’ve been putting off getting organized because the task is too huge or daunting, or you don’t know where to start, we’ve got 40 tips to get you on the path to zen mastery of your filing system. For all those readers who would like to get their files and folders organized, or, if they’re already organized, better organized—we have compiled a complete guide to getting organized and staying organized, a comprehensive article that will hopefully cover every possible tip you could want. Signs that Your Computer is Poorly Organized If your computer is a mess, you’re probably already aware of it. But just in case you’re not, here are some tell-tale signs: Your Desktop has over 40 icons on it “My Documents” contains over 300 files and 60 folders, including MP3s and digital photos You use the Windows’ built-in search facility whenever you need to find a file You can’t find programs in the out-of-control list of programs in your Start Menu You save all your Word documents in one folder, all your spreadsheets in a second folder, etc Any given file that you’re looking for may be in any one of four different sets of folders But before we start, here are some quick notes: We’re going to assume you know what files and folders are, and how to create, save, rename, copy and delete them The organization principles described in this article apply equally to all computer systems. However, the screenshots here will reflect how things look on Windows (usually Windows 7). We will also mention some useful features of Windows that can help you get organized. Everyone has their own favorite methodology of organizing and filing, and it’s all too easy to get into “My Way is Better than Your Way” arguments. The reality is that there is no perfect way of getting things organized. When I wrote this article, I tried to keep a generalist and objective viewpoint. I consider myself to be unusually well organized (to the point of obsession, truth be told), and I’ve had 25 years experience in collecting and organizing files on computers. So I’ve got a lot to say on the subject. But the tips I have described here are only one way of doing it. Hopefully some of these tips will work for you too, but please don’t read this as any sort of “right” way to do it. At the end of the article we’ll be asking you, the reader, for your own organization tips. Why Bother Organizing At All? For some, the answer to this question is self-evident. And yet, in this era of powerful desktop search software (the search capabilities built into the Windows Vista and Windows 7 Start Menus, and third-party programs like Google Desktop Search), the question does need to be asked, and answered. I have a friend who puts every file he ever creates, receives or downloads into his My Documents folder and doesn’t bother filing them into subfolders at all. He relies on the search functionality built into his Windows operating system to help him find whatever he’s looking for. And he always finds it. He’s a Search Samurai. For him, filing is a waste of valuable time that could be spent enjoying life! It’s tempting to follow suit. On the face of it, why would anyone bother to take the time to organize their hard disk when such excellent search software is available? Well, if all you ever want to do with the files you own is to locate and open them individually (for listening, editing, etc), then there’s no reason to ever bother doing one scrap of organization. But consider these common tasks that are not achievable with desktop search software: Find files manually. Often it’s not convenient, speedy or even possible to utilize your desktop search software to find what you want. It doesn’t work 100% of the time, or you may not even have it installed. Sometimes its just plain faster to go straight to the file you want, if you know it’s in a particular sub-folder, rather than trawling through hundreds of search results. Find groups of similar files (e.g. all your “work” files, all the photos of your Europe holiday in 2008, all your music videos, all the MP3s from Dark Side of the Moon, all your letters you wrote to your wife, all your tax returns). Clever naming of the files will only get you so far. Sometimes it’s the date the file was created that’s important, other times it’s the file format, and other times it’s the purpose of the file. How do you name a collection of files so that they’re easy to isolate based on any of the above criteria? Short answer, you can’t. Move files to a new computer. It’s time to upgrade your computer. How do you quickly grab all the files that are important to you? Or you decide to have two computers now – one for home and one for work. How do you quickly isolate only the work-related files to move them to the work computer? Synchronize files to other computers. If you have more than one computer, and you need to mirror some of your files onto the other computer (e.g. your music collection), then you need a way to quickly determine which files are to be synced and which are not. Surely you don’t want to synchronize everything? Choose which files to back up. If your backup regime calls for multiple backups, or requires speedy backups, then you’ll need to be able to specify which files are to be backed up, and which are not. This is not possible if they’re all in the same folder. Finally, if you’re simply someone who takes pleasure in being organized, tidy and ordered (me! me!), then you don’t even need a reason. Being disorganized is simply unthinkable. Tips on Getting Organized Here we present our 40 best tips on how to get organized. Or, if you’re already organized, to get better organized. Tip #1. Choose Your Organization System Carefully The reason that most people are not organized is that it takes time. And the first thing that takes time is deciding upon a system of organization. This is always a matter of personal preference, and is not something that a geek on a website can tell you. You should always choose your own system, based on how your own brain is organized (which makes the assumption that your brain is, in fact, organized). We can’t instruct you, but we can make suggestions: You may want to start off with a system based on the users of the computer. i.e. “My Files”, “My Wife’s Files”, My Son’s Files”, etc. Inside “My Files”, you might then break it down into “Personal” and “Business”. You may then realize that there are overlaps. For example, everyone may want to share access to the music library, or the photos from the school play. So you may create another folder called “Family”, for the “common” files. You may decide that the highest-level breakdown of your files is based on the “source” of each file. In other words, who created the files. You could have “Files created by ME (business or personal)”, “Files created by people I know (family, friends, etc)”, and finally “Files created by the rest of the world (MP3 music files, downloaded or ripped movies or TV shows, software installation files, gorgeous desktop wallpaper images you’ve collected, etc).” This system happens to be the one I use myself. See below: Mark is for files created by meVC is for files created by my company (Virtual Creations)Others is for files created by my friends and familyData is the rest of the worldAlso, Settings is where I store the configuration files and other program data files for my installed software (more on this in tip #34, below). Each folder will present its own particular set of requirements for further sub-organization. For example, you may decide to organize your music collection into sub-folders based on the artist’s name, while your digital photos might get organized based on the date they were taken. It can be different for every sub-folder! Another strategy would be based on “currentness”. Files you have yet to open and look at live in one folder. Ones that have been looked at but not yet filed live in another place. Current, active projects live in yet another place. All other files (your “archive”, if you like) would live in a fourth folder. (And of course, within that last folder you’d need to create a further sub-system based on one of the previous bullet points). Put some thought into this – changing it when it proves incomplete can be a big hassle! Before you go to the trouble of implementing any system you come up with, examine a wide cross-section of the files you own and see if they will all be able to find a nice logical place to sit within your system. Tip #2. When You Decide on Your System, Stick to It! There’s nothing more pointless than going to all the trouble of creating a system and filing all your files, and then whenever you create, receive or download a new file, you simply dump it onto your Desktop. You need to be disciplined – forever! Every new file you get, spend those extra few seconds to file it where it belongs! Otherwise, in just a month or two, you’ll be worse off than before – half your files will be organized and half will be disorganized – and you won’t know which is which! Tip #3. Choose the Root Folder of Your Structure Carefully Every data file (document, photo, music file, etc) that you create, own or is important to you, no matter where it came from, should be found within one single folder, and that one single folder should be located at the root of your C: drive (as a sub-folder of C:\). In other words, do not base your folder structure in standard folders like “My Documents”. If you do, then you’re leaving it up to the operating system engineers to decide what folder structure is best for you. And every operating system has a different system! In Windows 7 your files are found in C:\Users\YourName, whilst on Windows XP it was C:\Documents and Settings\YourName\My Documents. In UNIX systems it’s often /home/YourName. These standard default folders tend to fill up with junk files and folders that are not at all important to you. “My Documents” is the worst offender. Every second piece of software you install, it seems, likes to create its own folder in the “My Documents” folder. These folders usually don’t fit within your organizational structure, so don’t use them! In fact, don’t even use the “My Documents” folder at all. Allow it to fill up with junk, and then simply ignore it. It sounds heretical, but: Don’t ever visit your “My Documents” folder! Remove your icons/links to “My Documents” and replace them with links to the folders you created and you care about! Create your own file system from scratch! Probably the best place to put it would be on your D: drive – if you have one. This way, all your files live on one drive, while all the operating system and software component files live on the C: drive – simply and elegantly separated. The benefits of that are profound. Not only are there obvious organizational benefits (see tip #10, below), but when it comes to migrate your data to a new computer, you can (sometimes) simply unplug your D: drive and plug it in as the D: drive of your new computer (this implies that the D: drive is actually a separate physical disk, and not a partition on the same disk as C:). You also get a slight speed improvement (again, only if your C: and D: drives are on separate physical disks). Warning: From tip #12, below, you will see that it’s actually a good idea to have exactly the same file system structure – including the drive it’s filed on – on all of the computers you own. So if you decide to use the D: drive as the storage system for your own files, make sure you are able to use the D: drive on all the computers you own. If you can’t ensure that, then you can still use a clever geeky trick to store your files on the D: drive, but still access them all via the C: drive (see tip #17, below). If you only have one hard disk (C:), then create a dedicated folder that will contain all your files – something like C:\Files. The name of the folder is not important, but make it a single, brief word. There are several reasons for this: When creating a backup regime, it’s easy to decide what files should be backed up – they’re all in the one folder! If you ever decide to trade in your computer for a new one, you know exactly which files to migrate You will always know where to begin a search for any file If you synchronize files with other computers, it makes your synchronization routines very simple. It also causes all your shortcuts to continue to work on the other machines (more about this in tip #24, below). Once you’ve decided where your files should go, then put all your files in there – Everything! Completely disregard the standard, default folders that are created for you by the operating system (“My Music”, “My Pictures”, etc). In fact, you can actually relocate many of those folders into your own structure (more about that below, in tip #6). The more completely you get all your data files (documents, photos, music, etc) and all your configuration settings into that one folder, then the easier it will be to perform all of the above tasks. Once this has been done, and all your files live in one folder, all the other folders in C:\ can be thought of as “operating system” folders, and therefore of little day-to-day interest for us. Here’s a screenshot of a nicely organized C: drive, where all user files are located within the \Files folder: Tip #4. Use Sub-Folders This would be our simplest and most obvious tip. It almost goes without saying. Any organizational system you decide upon (see tip #1) will require that you create sub-folders for your files. Get used to creating folders on a regular basis. Tip #5. Don’t be Shy About Depth Create as many levels of sub-folders as you need. Don’t be scared to do so. Every time you notice an opportunity to group a set of related files into a sub-folder, do so. Examples might include: All the MP3s from one music CD, all the photos from one holiday, or all the documents from one client. It’s perfectly okay to put files into a folder called C:\Files\Me\From Others\Services\WestCo Bank\Statements\2009. That’s only seven levels deep. Ten levels is not uncommon. Of course, it’s possible to take this too far. If you notice yourself creating a sub-folder to hold only one file, then you’ve probably become a little over-zealous. On the other hand, if you simply create a structure with only two levels (for example C:\Files\Work) then you really haven’t achieved any level of organization at all (unless you own only six files!). Your “Work” folder will have become a dumping ground, just like your Desktop was, with most likely hundreds of files in it. Tip #6. Move the Standard User Folders into Your Own Folder Structure Most operating systems, including Windows, create a set of standard folders for each of its users. These folders then become the default location for files such as documents, music files, digital photos and downloaded Internet files. In Windows 7, the full list is shown below: Some of these folders you may never use nor care about (for example, the Favorites folder, if you’re not using Internet Explorer as your browser). Those ones you can leave where they are. But you may be using some of the other folders to store files that are important to you. Even if you’re not using them, Windows will still often treat them as the default storage location for many types of files. When you go to save a standard file type, it can become annoying to be automatically prompted to save it in a folder that’s not part of your own file structure. But there’s a simple solution: Move the folders you care about into your own folder structure! If you do, then the next time you go to save a file of the corresponding type, Windows will prompt you to save it in the new, moved location. Moving the folders is easy. Simply drag-and-drop them to the new location. Here’s a screenshot of the default My Music folder being moved to my custom personal folder (Mark): Tip #7. Name Files and Folders Intelligently This is another one that almost goes without saying, but we’ll say it anyway: Do not allow files to be created that have meaningless names like Document1.doc, or folders called New Folder (2). Take that extra 20 seconds and come up with a meaningful name for the file/folder – one that accurately divulges its contents without repeating the entire contents in the name. Tip #8. Watch Out for Long Filenames Another way to tell if you have not yet created enough depth to your folder hierarchy is that your files often require really long names. If you need to call a file Johnson Sales Figures March 2009.xls (which might happen to live in the same folder as Abercrombie Budget Report 2008.xls), then you might want to create some sub-folders so that the first file could be simply called March.xls, and living in the Clients\Johnson\Sales Figures\2009 folder. A well-placed file needs only a brief filename! Tip #9. Use Shortcuts! Everywhere! This is probably the single most useful and important tip we can offer. A shortcut allows a file to be in two places at once. Why would you want that? Well, the file and folder structure of every popular operating system on the market today is hierarchical. This means that all objects (files and folders) always live within exactly one parent folder. It’s a bit like a tree. A tree has branches (folders) and leaves (files). Each leaf, and each branch, is supported by exactly one parent branch, all the way back to the root of the tree (which, incidentally, is exactly why C:\ is called the “root folder” of the C: drive). That hard disks are structured this way may seem obvious and even necessary, but it’s only one way of organizing data. There are others: Relational databases, for example, organize structured data entirely differently. The main limitation of hierarchical filing structures is that a file can only ever be in one branch of the tree – in only one folder – at a time. Why is this a problem? Well, there are two main reasons why this limitation is a problem for computer users: The “correct” place for a file, according to our organizational rationale, is very often a very inconvenient place for that file to be located. Just because it’s correctly filed doesn’t mean it’s easy to get to. Your file may be “correctly” buried six levels deep in your sub-folder structure, but you may need regular and speedy access to this file every day. You could always move it to a more convenient location, but that would mean that you would need to re-file back to its “correct” location it every time you’d finished working on it. Most unsatisfactory. A file may simply “belong” in two or more different locations within your file structure. For example, say you’re an accountant and you have just completed the 2009 tax return for John Smith. It might make sense to you to call this file 2009 Tax Return.doc and file it under Clients\John Smith. But it may also be important to you to have the 2009 tax returns from all your clients together in the one place. So you might also want to call the file John Smith.doc and file it under Tax Returns\2009. The problem is, in a purely hierarchical filing system, you can’t put it in both places. Grrrrr! Fortunately, Windows (and most other operating systems) offers a way for you to do exactly that: It’s called a “shortcut” (also known as an “alias” on Macs and a “symbolic link” on UNIX systems). Shortcuts allow a file to exist in one place, and an icon that represents the file to be created and put anywhere else you please. In fact, you can create a dozen such icons and scatter them all over your hard disk. Double-clicking on one of these icons/shortcuts opens up the original file, just as if you had double-clicked on the original file itself. Consider the following two icons: The one on the left is the actual Word document, while the one on the right is a shortcut that represents the Word document. Double-clicking on either icon will open the same file. There are two main visual differences between the icons: The shortcut will have a small arrow in the lower-left-hand corner (on Windows, anyway) The shortcut is allowed to have a name that does not include the file extension (the “.docx” part, in this case) You can delete the shortcut at any time without losing any actual data. The original is still intact. All you lose is the ability to get to that data from wherever the shortcut was. So why are shortcuts so great? Because they allow us to easily overcome the main limitation of hierarchical file systems, and put a file in two (or more) places at the same time. You will always have files that don’t play nice with your organizational rationale, and can’t be filed in only one place. They demand to exist in two places. Shortcuts allow this! Furthermore, they allow you to collect your most often-opened files and folders together in one spot for convenient access. The cool part is that the original files stay where they are, safe forever in their perfectly organized location. So your collection of most often-opened files can – and should – become a collection of shortcuts! If you’re still not convinced of the utility of shortcuts, consider the following well-known areas of a typical Windows computer: The Start Menu (and all the programs that live within it) The Quick Launch bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) The “Favorite folders” area in the top-left corner of the Windows Explorer window (in Windows Vista or Windows 7) Your Internet Explorer Favorites or Firefox Bookmarks Each item in each of these areas is a shortcut! Each of those areas exist for one purpose only: For convenience – to provide you with a collection of the files and folders you access most often. It should be easy to see by now that shortcuts are designed for one single purpose: To make accessing your files more convenient. Each time you double-click on a shortcut, you are saved the hassle of locating the file (or folder, or program, or drive, or control panel icon) that it represents. Shortcuts allow us to invent a golden rule of file and folder organization: “Only ever have one copy of a file – never have two copies of the same file. Use a shortcut instead” (this rule doesn’t apply to copies created for backup purposes, of course!) There are also lesser rules, like “don’t move a file into your work area – create a shortcut there instead”, and “any time you find yourself frustrated with how long it takes to locate a file, create a shortcut to it and place that shortcut in a convenient location.” So how to we create these massively useful shortcuts? There are two main ways: “Copy” the original file or folder (click on it and type Ctrl-C, or right-click on it and select Copy): Then right-click in an empty area of the destination folder (the place where you want the shortcut to go) and select Paste shortcut: Right-drag (drag with the right mouse button) the file from the source folder to the destination folder. When you let go of the mouse button at the destination folder, a menu pops up: Select Create shortcuts here. Note that when shortcuts are created, they are often named something like Shortcut to Budget Detail.doc (windows XP) or Budget Detail – Shortcut.doc (Windows 7). If you don’t like those extra words, you can easily rename the shortcuts after they’re created, or you can configure Windows to never insert the extra words in the first place (see our article on how to do this). And of course, you can create shortcuts to folders too, not just to files! Bottom line: Whenever you have a file that you’d like to access from somewhere else (whether it’s convenience you’re after, or because the file simply belongs in two places), create a shortcut to the original file in the new location. Tip #10. Separate Application Files from Data Files Any digital organization guru will drum this rule into you. Application files are the components of the software you’ve installed (e.g. Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop or Internet Explorer). Data files are the files that you’ve created for yourself using that software (e.g. Word Documents, digital photos, emails or playlists). Software gets installed, uninstalled and upgraded all the time. Hopefully you always have the original installation media (or downloaded set-up file) kept somewhere safe, and can thus reinstall your software at any time. This means that the software component files are of little importance. Whereas the files you have created with that software is, by definition, important. It’s a good rule to always separate unimportant files from important files. So when your software prompts you to save a file you’ve just created, take a moment and check out where it’s suggesting that you save the file. If it’s suggesting that you save the file into the same folder as the software itself, then definitely don’t follow that suggestion. File it in your own folder! In fact, see if you can find the program’s configuration option that determines where files are saved by default (if it has one), and change it. Tip #11. Organize Files Based on Purpose, Not on File Type If you have, for example a folder called Work\Clients\Johnson, and within that folder you have two sub-folders, Word Documents and Spreadsheets (in other words, you’re separating “.doc” files from “.xls” files), then chances are that you’re not optimally organized. It makes little sense to organize your files based on the program that created them. Instead, create your sub-folders based on the purpose of the file. For example, it would make more sense to create sub-folders called Correspondence and Financials. It may well be that all the files in a given sub-folder are of the same file-type, but this should be more of a coincidence and less of a design feature of your organization system. Tip #12. Maintain the Same Folder Structure on All Your Computers In other words, whatever organizational system you create, apply it to every computer that you can. There are several benefits to this: There’s less to remember. No matter where you are, you always know where to look for your files If you copy or synchronize files from one computer to another, then setting up the synchronization job becomes very simple Shortcuts can be copied or moved from one computer to another with ease (assuming the original files are also copied/moved). There’s no need to find the target of the shortcut all over again on the second computer Ditto for linked files (e.g Word documents that link to data in a separate Excel file), playlists, and any files that reference the exact file locations of other files. This applies even to the drive that your files are stored on. If your files are stored on C: on one computer, make sure they’re stored on C: on all your computers. Otherwise all your shortcuts, playlists and linked files will stop working! Tip #13. Create an “Inbox” Folder Create yourself a folder where you store all files that you’re currently working on, or that you haven’t gotten around to filing yet. You can think of this folder as your “to-do” list. You can call it “Inbox” (making it the same metaphor as your email system), or “Work”, or “To-Do”, or “Scratch”, or whatever name makes sense to you. It doesn’t matter what you call it – just make sure you have one! Once you have finished working on a file, you then move it from the “Inbox” to its correct location within your organizational structure. You may want to use your Desktop as this “Inbox” folder. Rightly or wrongly, most people do. It’s not a bad place to put such files, but be careful: If you do decide that your Desktop represents your “to-do” list, then make sure that no other files find their way there. In other words, make sure that your “Inbox”, wherever it is, Desktop or otherwise, is kept free of junk – stray files that don’t belong there. So where should you put this folder, which, almost by definition, lives outside the structure of the rest of your filing system? Well, first and foremost, it has to be somewhere handy. This will be one of your most-visited folders, so convenience is key. Putting it on the Desktop is a great option – especially if you don’t have any other folders on your Desktop: the folder then becomes supremely easy to find in Windows Explorer: You would then create shortcuts to this folder in convenient spots all over your computer (“Favorite Links”, “Quick Launch”, etc). Tip #14. Ensure You have Only One “Inbox” Folder Once you’ve created your “Inbox” folder, don’t use any other folder location as your “to-do list”. Throw every incoming or created file into the Inbox folder as you create/receive it. This keeps the rest of your computer pristine and free of randomly created or downloaded junk. The last thing you want to be doing is checking multiple folders to see all your current tasks and projects. Gather them all together into one folder. Here are some tips to help ensure you only have one Inbox: Set the default “save” location of all your programs to this folder. Set the default “download” location for your browser to this folder. If this folder is not your desktop (recommended) then also see if you can make a point of not putting “to-do” files on your desktop. This keeps your desktop uncluttered and Zen-like: (the Inbox folder is in the bottom-right corner) Tip #15. Be Vigilant about Clearing Your “Inbox” Folder This is one of the keys to staying organized. If you let your “Inbox” overflow (i.e. allow there to be more than, say, 30 files or folders in there), then you’re probably going to start feeling like you’re overwhelmed: You’re not keeping up with your to-do list. Once your Inbox gets beyond a certain point (around 30 files, studies have shown), then you’ll simply start to avoid it. You may continue to put files in there, but you’ll be scared to look at it, fearing the “out of control” feeling that all overworked, chaotic or just plain disorganized people regularly feel. So, here’s what you can do: Visit your Inbox/to-do folder regularly (at least five times per day). Scan the folder regularly for files that you have completed working on and are ready for filing. File them immediately. Make it a source of pride to keep the number of files in this folder as small as possible. If you value peace of mind, then make the emptiness of this folder one of your highest (computer) priorities If you know that a particular file has been in the folder for more than, say, six weeks, then admit that you’re not actually going to get around to processing it, and move it to its final resting place. Tip #16. File Everything Immediately, and Use Shortcuts for Your Active Projects As soon as you create, receive or download a new file, store it away in its “correct” folder immediately. Then, whenever you need to work on it (possibly straight away), create a shortcut to it in your “Inbox” (“to-do”) folder or your desktop. That way, all your files are always in their “correct” locations, yet you still have immediate, convenient access to your current, active files. When you finish working on a file, simply delete the shortcut. Ideally, your “Inbox” folder – and your Desktop – should contain no actual files or folders. They should simply contain shortcuts. Tip #17. Use Directory Symbolic Links (or Junctions) to Maintain One Unified Folder Structure Using this tip, we can get around a potential hiccup that we can run into when creating our organizational structure – the issue of having more than one drive on our computer (C:, D:, etc). We might have files we need to store on the D: drive for space reasons, and yet want to base our organized folder structure on the C: drive (or vice-versa). Your chosen organizational structure may dictate that all your files must be accessed from the C: drive (for example, the root folder of all your files may be something like C:\Files). And yet you may still have a D: drive and wish to take advantage of the hundreds of spare Gigabytes that it offers. Did you know that it’s actually possible to store your files on the D: drive and yet access them as if they were on the C: drive? And no, we’re not talking about shortcuts here (although the concept is very similar). By using the shell command mklink, you can essentially take a folder that lives on one drive and create an alias for it on a different drive (you can do lots more than that with mklink – for a full rundown on this programs capabilities, see our dedicated article). These aliases are called directory symbolic links (and used to be known as junctions). You can think of them as “virtual” folders. They function exactly like regular folders, except they’re physically located somewhere else. For example, you may decide that your entire D: drive contains your complete organizational file structure, but that you need to reference all those files as if they were on the C: drive, under C:\Files. If that was the case you could create C:\Files as a directory symbolic link – a link to D:, as follows: mklink /d c:\files d:\ Or it may be that the only files you wish to store on the D: drive are your movie collection. You could locate all your movie files in the root of your D: drive, and then link it to C:\Files\Media\Movies, as follows: mklink /d c:\files\media\movies d:\ (Needless to say, you must run these commands from a command prompt – click the Start button, type cmd and press Enter) Tip #18. Customize Your Folder Icons This is not strictly speaking an organizational tip, but having unique icons for each folder does allow you to more quickly visually identify which folder is which, and thus saves you time when you’re finding files. An example is below (from my folder that contains all files downloaded from the Internet): To learn how to change your folder icons, please refer to our dedicated article on the subject. Tip #19. Tidy Your Start Menu The Windows Start Menu is usually one of the messiest parts of any Windows computer. Every program you install seems to adopt a completely different approach to placing icons in this menu. Some simply put a single program icon. Others create a folder based on the name of the software. And others create a folder based on the name of the software manufacturer. It’s chaos, and can make it hard to find the software you want to run. Thankfully we can avoid this chaos with useful operating system features like Quick Launch, the Superbar or pinned start menu items. Even so, it would make a lot of sense to get into the guts of the Start Menu itself and give it a good once-over. All you really need to decide is how you’re going to organize your applications. A structure based on the purpose of the application is an obvious candidate. Below is an example of one such structure: In this structure, Utilities means software whose job it is to keep the computer itself running smoothly (configuration tools, backup software, Zip programs, etc). Applications refers to any productivity software that doesn’t fit under the headings Multimedia, Graphics, Internet, etc. In case you’re not aware, every icon in your Start Menu is a shortcut and can be manipulated like any other shortcut (copied, moved, deleted, etc). With the Windows Start Menu (all version of Windows), Microsoft has decided that there be two parallel folder structures to store your Start Menu shortcuts. One for you (the logged-in user of the computer) and one for all users of the computer. Having two parallel structures can often be redundant: If you are the only user of the computer, then having two parallel structures is totally redundant. Even if you have several users that regularly log into the computer, most of your installed software will need to be made available to all users, and should thus be moved out of the “just you” version of the Start Menu and into the “all users” area. To take control of your Start Menu, so you can start organizing it, you’ll need to know how to access the actual folders and shortcut files that make up the Start Menu (both versions of it). To find these folders and files, click the Start button and then right-click on the All Programs text (Windows XP users should right-click on the Start button itself): The Open option refers to the “just you” version of the Start Menu, while the Open All Users option refers to the “all users” version. Click on the one you want to organize. A Windows Explorer window then opens with your chosen version of the Start Menu selected. From there it’s easy. Double-click on the Programs folder and you’ll see all your folders and shortcuts. Now you can delete/rename/move until it’s just the way you want it. Note: When you’re reorganizing your Start Menu, you may want to have two Explorer windows open at the same time – one showing the “just you” version and one showing the “all users” version. You can drag-and-drop between the windows. Tip #20. Keep Your Start Menu Tidy Once you have a perfectly organized Start Menu, try to be a little vigilant about keeping it that way. Every time you install a new piece of software, the icons that get created will almost certainly violate your organizational structure. So to keep your Start Menu pristine and organized, make sure you do the following whenever you install a new piece of software: Check whether the software was installed into the “just you” area of the Start Menu, or the “all users” area, and then move it to the correct area. Remove all the unnecessary icons (like the “Read me” icon, the “Help” icon (you can always open the help from within the software itself when it’s running), the “Uninstall” icon, the link(s)to the manufacturer’s website, etc) Rename the main icon(s) of the software to something brief that makes sense to you. For example, you might like to rename Microsoft Office Word 2010 to simply Word Move the icon(s) into the correct folder based on your Start Menu organizational structure And don’t forget: when you uninstall a piece of software, the software’s uninstall routine is no longer going to be able to remove the software’s icon from the Start Menu (because you moved and/or renamed it), so you’ll need to remove that icon manually. Tip #21. Tidy C:\ The root of your C: drive (C:\) is a common dumping ground for files and folders – both by the users of your computer and by the software that you install on your computer. It can become a mess. There’s almost no software these days that requires itself to be installed in C:\. 99% of the time it can and should be installed into C:\Program Files. And as for your own files, well, it’s clear that they can (and almost always should) be stored somewhere else. In an ideal world, your C:\ folder should look like this (on Windows 7): Note that there are some system files and folders in C:\ that are usually and deliberately “hidden” (such as the Windows virtual memory file pagefile.sys, the boot loader file bootmgr, and the System Volume Information folder). Hiding these files and folders is a good idea, as they need to stay where they are and are almost never needed to be opened or even seen by you, the user. Hiding them prevents you from accidentally messing with them, and enhances your sense of order and well-being when you look at your C: drive folder. Tip #22. Tidy Your Desktop The Desktop is probably the most abused part of a Windows computer (from an organization point of view). It usually serves as a dumping ground for all incoming files, as well as holding icons to oft-used applications, plus some regularly opened files and folders. It often ends up becoming an uncontrolled mess. See if you can avoid this. Here’s why… Application icons (Word, Internet Explorer, etc) are often found on the Desktop, but it’s unlikely that this is the optimum place for them. The “Quick Launch” bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) is always visible and so represents a perfect location to put your icons. You’ll only be able to see the icons on your Desktop when all your programs are minimized. It might be time to get your application icons off your desktop… You may have decided that the Inbox/To-do folder on your computer (see tip #13, above) should be your Desktop. If so, then enough said. Simply be vigilant about clearing it and preventing it from being polluted by junk files (see tip #15, above). On the other hand, if your Desktop is not acting as your “Inbox” folder, then there’s no reason for it to have any data files or folders on it at all, except perhaps a couple of shortcuts to often-opened files and folders (either ongoing or current projects). Everything else should be moved to your “Inbox” folder. In an ideal world, it might look like this: Tip #23. Move Permanent Items on Your Desktop Away from the Top-Left Corner When files/folders are dragged onto your desktop in a Windows Explorer window, or when shortcuts are created on your Desktop from Internet Explorer, those icons are always placed in the top-left corner – or as close as they can get. If you have other files, folders or shortcuts that you keep on the Desktop permanently, then it’s a good idea to separate these permanent icons from the transient ones, so that you can quickly identify which ones the transients are. An easy way to do this is to move all your permanent icons to the right-hand side of your Desktop. That should keep them separated from incoming items. Tip #24. Synchronize If you have more than one computer, you’ll almost certainly want to share files between them. If the computers are permanently attached to the same local network, then there’s no need to store multiple copies of any one file or folder – shortcuts will suffice. However, if the computers are not always on the same network, then you will at some point need to copy files between them. For files that need to permanently live on both computers, the ideal way to do this is to synchronize the files, as opposed to simply copying them. We only have room here to write a brief summary of synchronization, not a full article. In short, there are several different types of synchronization: Where the contents of one folder are accessible anywhere, such as with Dropbox Where the contents of any number of folders are accessible anywhere, such as with Windows Live Mesh Where any files or folders from anywhere on your computer are synchronized with exactly one other computer, such as with the Windows “Briefcase”, Microsoft SyncToy, or (much more powerful, yet still free) SyncBack from 2BrightSparks. This only works when both computers are on the same local network, at least temporarily. A great advantage of synchronization solutions is that once you’ve got it configured the way you want it, then the sync process happens automatically, every time. Click a button (or schedule it to happen automatically) and all your files are automagically put where they’re supposed to be. If you maintain the same file and folder structure on both computers, then you can also sync files depend upon the correct location of other files, like shortcuts, playlists and office documents that link to other office documents, and the synchronized files still work on the other computer! Tip #25. Hide Files You Never Need to See If you have your files well organized, you will often be able to tell if a file is out of place just by glancing at the contents of a folder (for example, it should be pretty obvious if you look in a folder that contains all the MP3s from one music CD and see a Word document in there). This is a good thing – it allows you to determine if there are files out of place with a quick glance. Yet sometimes there are files in a folder that seem out of place but actually need to be there, such as the “folder art” JPEGs in music folders, and various files in the root of the C: drive. If such files never need to be opened by you, then a good idea is to simply hide them. Then, the next time you glance at the folder, you won’t have to remember whether that file was supposed to be there or not, because you won’t see it at all! To hide a file, simply right-click on it and choose Properties: Then simply tick the Hidden tick-box: Tip #26. Keep Every Setup File These days most software is downloaded from the Internet. Whenever you download a piece of software, keep it. You’ll never know when you need to reinstall the software. Further, keep with it an Internet shortcut that links back to the website where you originally downloaded it, in case you ever need to check for updates. See tip #33 below for a full description of the excellence of organizing your setup files. Tip #27. Try to Minimize the Number of Folders that Contain Both Files and Sub-folders Some of the folders in your organizational structure will contain only files. Others will contain only sub-folders. And you will also have some folders that contain both files and sub-folders. You will notice slight improvements in how long it takes you to locate a file if you try to avoid this third type of folder. It’s not always possible, of course – you’ll always have some of these folders, but see if you can avoid it. One way of doing this is to take all the leftover files that didn’t end up getting stored in a sub-folder and create a special “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder for them. Tip #28. Starting a Filename with an Underscore Brings it to the Top of a List Further to the previous tip, if you name that “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder in such a way that its name begins with an underscore “_”, then it will appear at the top of the list of files/folders. The screenshot below is an example of this. Each folder in the list contains a set of digital photos. The folder at the top of the list, _Misc, contains random photos that didn’t deserve their own dedicated folder: Tip #29. Clean Up those CD-ROMs and (shudder!) Floppy Disks Have you got a pile of CD-ROMs stacked on a shelf of your office? Old photos, or files you archived off onto CD-ROM (or even worse, floppy disks!) because you didn’t have enough disk space at the time? In the meantime have you upgraded your computer and now have 500 Gigabytes of space you don’t know what to do with? If so, isn’t it time you tidied up that stack of disks and filed them into your gorgeous new folder structure? So what are you waiting for? Bite the bullet, copy them all back onto your computer, file them in their appropriate folders, and then back the whole lot up onto a shiny new 1000Gig external hard drive! Useful Folders to Create This next section suggests some useful folders that you might want to create within your folder structure. I’ve personally found them to be indispensable. The first three are all about convenience – handy folders to create and then put somewhere that you can always access instantly. For each one, it’s not so important where the actual folder is located, but it’s very important where you put the shortcut(s) to the folder. You might want to locate the shortcuts: On your Desktop In your “Quick Launch” area (or pinned to your Windows 7 Superbar) In your Windows Explorer “Favorite Links” area Tip #30. Create an “Inbox” (“To-Do”) Folder This has already been mentioned in depth (see tip #13), but we wanted to reiterate its importance here. This folder contains all the recently created, received or downloaded files that you have not yet had a chance to file away properly, and it also may contain files that you have yet to process. In effect, it becomes a sort of “to-do list”. It doesn’t have to be called “Inbox” – you can call it whatever you want. Tip #31. Create a Folder where Your Current Projects are Collected Rather than going hunting for them all the time, or dumping them all on your desktop, create a special folder where you put links (or work folders) for each of the projects you’re currently working on. You can locate this folder in your “Inbox” folder, on your desktop, or anywhere at all – just so long as there’s a way of getting to it quickly, such as putting a link to it in Windows Explorer’s “Favorite Links” area: Tip #32. Create a Folder for Files and Folders that You Regularly Open You will always have a few files that you open regularly, whether it be a spreadsheet of your current accounts, or a favorite playlist. These are not necessarily “current projects”, rather they’re simply files that you always find yourself opening. Typically such files would be located on your desktop (or even better, shortcuts to those files). Why not collect all such shortcuts together and put them in their own special folder? As with the “Current Projects” folder (above), you would want to locate that folder somewhere convenient. Below is an example of a folder called “Quick links”, with about seven files (shortcuts) in it, that is accessible through the Windows Quick Launch bar: See tip #37 below for a full explanation of the power of the Quick Launch bar. Tip #33. Create a “Set-ups” Folder A typical computer has dozens of applications installed on it. For each piece of software, there are often many different pieces of information you need to keep track of, including: The original installation setup file(s). This can be anything from a simple 100Kb setup.exe file you downloaded from a website, all the way up to a 4Gig ISO file that you copied from a DVD-ROM that you purchased. The home page of the software manufacturer (in case you need to look up something on their support pages, their forum or their online help) The page containing the download link for your actual file (in case you need to re-download it, or download an upgraded version) The serial number Your proof-of-purchase documentation Any other template files, plug-ins, themes, etc that also need to get installed For each piece of software, it’s a great idea to gather all of these files together and put them in a single folder. The folder can be the name of the software (plus possibly a very brief description of what it’s for – in case you can’t remember what the software does based in its name). Then you would gather all of these folders together into one place, and call it something like “Software” or “Setups”. If you have enough of these folders (I have several hundred, being a geek, collected over 20 years), then you may want to further categorize them. My own categorization structure is based on “platform” (operating system): The last seven folders each represents one platform/operating system, while _Operating Systems contains set-up files for installing the operating systems themselves. _Hardware contains ROMs for hardware I own, such as routers. Within the Windows folder (above), you can see the beginnings of the vast library of software I’ve compiled over the years: An example of a typical application folder looks like this: Tip #34. Have a “Settings” Folder We all know that our documents are important. So are our photos and music files. We save all of these files into folders, and then locate them afterwards and double-click on them to open them. But there are many files that are important to us that can’t be saved into folders, and then searched for and double-clicked later on. These files certainly contain important information that we need, but are often created internally by an application, and saved wherever that application feels is appropriate. A good example of this is the “PST” file that Outlook creates for us and uses to store all our emails, contacts, appointments and so forth. Another example would be the collection of Bookmarks that Firefox stores on your behalf. And yet another example would be the customized settings and configuration files of our all our software. Granted, most Windows programs store their configuration in the Registry, but there are still many programs that use configuration files to store their settings. Imagine if you lost all of the above files! And yet, when people are backing up their computers, they typically only back up the files they know about – those that are stored in the “My Documents” folder, etc. If they had a hard disk failure or their computer was lost or stolen, their backup files would not include some of the most vital files they owned. Also, when migrating to a new computer, it’s vital to ensure that these files make the journey. It can be a very useful idea to create yourself a folder to store all your “settings” – files that are important to you but which you never actually search for by name and double-click on to open them. Otherwise, next time you go to set up a new computer just the way you want it, you’ll need to spend hours recreating the configuration of your previous computer! So how to we get our important files into this folder? Well, we have a few options: Some programs (such as Outlook and its PST files) allow you to place these files wherever you want. If you delve into the program’s options, you will find a setting somewhere that controls the location of the important settings files (or “personal storage” – PST – when it comes to Outlook) Some programs do not allow you to change such locations in any easy way, but if you get into the Registry, you can sometimes find a registry key that refers to the location of the file(s). Simply move the file into your Settings folder and adjust the registry key to refer to the new location. Some programs stubbornly refuse to allow their settings files to be placed anywhere other then where they stipulate. When faced with programs like these, you have three choices: (1) You can ignore those files, (2) You can copy the files into your Settings folder (let’s face it – settings don’t change very often), or (3) you can use synchronization software, such as the Windows Briefcase, to make synchronized copies of all your files in your Settings folder. All you then have to do is to remember to run your sync software periodically (perhaps just before you run your backup software!). There are some other things you may decide to locate inside this new “Settings” folder: Exports of registry keys (from the many applications that store their configurations in the Registry). This is useful for backup purposes or for migrating to a new computer Notes you’ve made about all the specific customizations you have made to a particular piece of software (so that you’ll know how to do it all again on your next computer) Shortcuts to webpages that detail how to tweak certain aspects of your operating system or applications so they are just the way you like them (such as how to remove the words “Shortcut to” from the beginning of newly created shortcuts). In other words, you’d want to create shortcuts to half the pages on the How-To Geek website! Here’s an example of a “Settings” folder: Windows Features that Help with Organization This section details some of the features of Microsoft Windows that are a boon to anyone hoping to stay optimally organized. Tip #35. Use the “Favorite Links” Area to Access Oft-Used Folders Once you’ve created your great new filing system, work out which folders you access most regularly, or which serve as great starting points for locating the rest of the files in your folder structure, and then put links to those folders in your “Favorite Links” area of the left-hand side of the Windows Explorer window (simply called “Favorites” in Windows 7): Some ideas for folders you might want to add there include: Your “Inbox” folder (or whatever you’ve called it) – most important! The base of your filing structure (e.g. C:\Files) A folder containing shortcuts to often-accessed folders on other computers around the network (shown above as Network Folders) A folder containing shortcuts to your current projects (unless that folder is in your “Inbox” folder) Getting folders into this area is very simple – just locate the folder you’re interested in and drag it there! Tip #36. Customize the Places Bar in the File/Open and File/Save Boxes Consider the screenshot below: The highlighted icons (collectively known as the “Places Bar”) can be customized to refer to any folder location you want, allowing instant access to any part of your organizational structure. Note: These File/Open and File/Save boxes have been superseded by new versions that use the Windows Vista/Windows 7 “Favorite Links”, but the older versions (shown above) are still used by a surprisingly large number of applications. The easiest way to customize these icons is to use the Group Policy Editor, but not everyone has access to this program. If you do, open it up and navigate to: User Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Windows Explorer > Common Open File Dialog If you don’t have access to the Group Policy Editor, then you’ll need to get into the Registry. Navigate to: HKEY_CURRENT_USER \ Software \ Microsoft \ Windows \ CurrentVersion \ Policies \ comdlg32 \ Placesbar It should then be easy to make the desired changes. Log off and log on again to allow the changes to take effect. Tip #37. Use the Quick Launch Bar as a Application and File Launcher That Quick Launch bar (to the right of the Start button) is a lot more useful than people give it credit for. Most people simply have half a dozen icons in it, and use it to start just those programs. But it can actually be used to instantly access just about anything in your filing system: For complete instructions on how to set this up, visit our dedicated article on this topic. Tip #38. Put a Shortcut to Windows Explorer into Your Quick Launch Bar This is only necessary in Windows Vista and Windows XP. The Microsoft boffins finally got wise and added it to the Windows 7 Superbar by default. Windows Explorer – the program used for managing your files and folders – is one of the most useful programs in Windows. Anyone who considers themselves serious about being organized needs instant access to this program at any time. A great place to create a shortcut to this program is in the Windows XP and Windows Vista “Quick Launch” bar: To get it there, locate it in your Start Menu (usually under “Accessories”) and then right-drag it down into your Quick Launch bar (and create a copy). Tip #39. Customize the Starting Folder for Your Windows 7 Explorer Superbar Icon If you’re on Windows 7, your Superbar will include a Windows Explorer icon. Clicking on the icon will launch Windows Explorer (of course), and will start you off in your “Libraries” folder. Libraries may be fine as a starting point, but if you have created yourself an “Inbox” folder, then it would probably make more sense to start off in this folder every time you launch Windows Explorer. To change this default/starting folder location, then first right-click the Explorer icon in the Superbar, and then right-click Properties:Then, in Target field of the Windows Explorer Properties box that appears, type %windir%\explorer.exe followed by the path of the folder you wish to start in. For example: %windir%\explorer.exe C:\Files If that folder happened to be on the Desktop (and called, say, “Inbox”), then you would use the following cleverness: %windir%\explorer.exe shell:desktop\Inbox Then click OK and test it out. Tip #40. Ummmmm…. No, that’s it. I can’t think of another one. That’s all of the tips I can come up with. I only created this one because 40 is such a nice round number… Case Study – An Organized PC To finish off the article, I have included a few screenshots of my (main) computer (running Vista). The aim here is twofold: To give you a sense of what it looks like when the above, sometimes abstract, tips are applied to a real-life computer, and To offer some ideas about folders and structure that you may want to steal to use on your own PC. Let’s start with the C: drive itself. Very minimal. All my files are contained within C:\Files. I’ll confine the rest of the case study to this folder: That folder contains the following: Mark: My personal files VC: My business (Virtual Creations, Australia) Others contains files created by friends and family Data contains files from the rest of the world (can be thought of as “public” files, usually downloaded from the Net) Settings is described above in tip #34 The Data folder contains the following sub-folders: Audio: Radio plays, audio books, podcasts, etc Development: Programmer and developer resources, sample source code, etc (see below) Humour: Jokes, funnies (those emails that we all receive) Movies: Downloaded and ripped movies (all legal, of course!), their scripts, DVD covers, etc. Music: (see below) Setups: Installation files for software (explained in full in tip #33) System: (see below) TV: Downloaded TV shows Writings: Books, instruction manuals, etc (see below) The Music folder contains the following sub-folders: Album covers: JPEG scans Guitar tabs: Text files of guitar sheet music Lists: e.g. “Top 1000 songs of all time” Lyrics: Text files MIDI: Electronic music files MP3 (representing 99% of the Music folder): MP3s, either ripped from CDs or downloaded, sorted by artist/album name Music Video: Video clips Sheet Music: usually PDFs The Data\Writings folder contains the following sub-folders: (all pretty self-explanatory) The Data\Development folder contains the following sub-folders: Again, all pretty self-explanatory (if you’re a geek) The Data\System folder contains the following sub-folders: These are usually themes, plug-ins and other downloadable program-specific resources. The Mark folder contains the following sub-folders: From Others: Usually letters that other people (friends, family, etc) have written to me For Others: Letters and other things I have created for other people Green Book: None of your business Playlists: M3U files that I have compiled of my favorite songs (plus one M3U playlist file for every album I own) Writing: Fiction, philosophy and other musings of mine Mark Docs: Shortcut to C:\Users\Mark Settings: Shortcut to C:\Files\Settings\Mark The Others folder contains the following sub-folders: The VC (Virtual Creations, my business – I develop websites) folder contains the following sub-folders: And again, all of those are pretty self-explanatory. Conclusion These tips have saved my sanity and helped keep me a productive geek, but what about you? What tips and tricks do you have to keep your files organized? Please share them with us in the comments. Come on, don’t be shy… Similar Articles Productive Geek Tips Fix For When Windows Explorer in Vista Stops Showing File NamesWhy Did Windows Vista’s Music Folder Icon Turn Yellow?Print or Create a Text File List of the Contents in a Directory the Easy WayCustomize the Windows 7 or Vista Send To MenuAdd Copy To / Move To on Windows 7 or Vista Right-Click Menu TouchFreeze Alternative in AutoHotkey The Icy Undertow Desktop Windows Home Server – Backup to LAN The Clear & Clean Desktop Use This Bookmarklet to Easily Get Albums Use AutoHotkey to Assign a Hotkey to a Specific Window Latest Software Reviews Tinyhacker Random Tips Acronis Online Backup DVDFab 6 Revo Uninstaller Pro Registry Mechanic 9 for Windows Track Daily Goals With 42Goals Video Toolbox is a Superb Online Video Editor Fun with 47 charts and graphs Tomorrow is Mother’s Day Check the Average Speed of YouTube Videos You’ve Watched OutlookStatView Scans and Displays General Usage Statistics

Read the article

The Incremental Architect’s Napkin - #5 - Design functions for extensibility and readability

- by Ralf Westphal

Originally posted on: http://geekswithblogs.net/theArchitectsNapkin/archive/2014/08/24/the-incremental-architectrsquos-napkin---5---design-functions-for.aspx The functionality of programs is entered via Entry Points. So what we´re talking about when designing software is a bunch of functions handling the requests represented by and flowing in through those Entry Points. Designing software thus consists of at least three phases: Analyzing the requirements to find the Entry Points and their signatures Designing the functionality to be executed when those Entry Points get triggered Implementing the functionality according to the design aka coding I presume, you´re familiar with phase 1 in some way. And I guess you´re proficient in implementing functionality in some programming language. But in my experience developers in general are not experienced in going through an explicit phase 2. “Designing functionality? What´s that supposed to mean?” you might already have thought. Here´s my definition: To design functionality (or functional design for short) means thinking about… well, functions. You find a solution for what´s supposed to happen when an Entry Point gets triggered in terms of functions. A conceptual solution that is, because those functions only exist in your head (or on paper) during this phase. But you may have guess that, because it´s “design” not “coding”. And here is, what functional design is not: It´s not about logic. Logic is expressions (e.g. +, -, && etc.) and control statements (e.g. if, switch, for, while etc.). Also I consider calling external APIs as logic. It´s equally basic. It´s what code needs to do in order to deliver some functionality or quality. Logic is what´s doing that needs to be done by software. Transformations are either done through expressions or API-calls. And then there is alternative control flow depending on the result of some expression. Basically it´s just jumps in Assembler, sometimes to go forward (if, switch), sometimes to go backward (for, while, do). But calling your own function is not logic. It´s not necessary to produce any outcome. Functionality is not enhanced by adding functions (subroutine calls) to your code. Nor is quality increased by adding functions. No performance gain, no higher scalability etc. through functions. Functions are not relevant to functionality. Strange, isn´t it. What they are important for is security of investment. By introducing functions into our code we can become more productive (re-use) and can increase evolvability (higher unterstandability, easier to keep code consistent). That´s no small feat, however. Evolvable code can hardly be overestimated. That´s why to me functional design is so important. It´s at the core of software development. To sum this up: Functional design is on a level of abstraction above (!) logical design or algorithmic design. Functional design is only done until you get to a point where each function is so simple you are very confident you can easily code it. Functional design an logical design (which mostly is coding, but can also be done using pseudo code or flow charts) are complementary. Software needs both. If you start coding right away you end up in a tangled mess very quickly. Then you need back out through refactoring. Functional design on the other hand is bloodless without actual code. It´s just a theory with no experiments to prove it. But how to do functional design? An example of functional design Let´s assume a program to de-duplicate strings. The user enters a number of strings separated by commas, e.g. a, b, a, c, d, b, e, c, a. And the program is supposed to clear this list of all doubles, e.g. a, b, c, d, e. There is only one Entry Point to this program: the user triggers the de-duplication by starting the program with the string list on the command line C:\>deduplicate "a, b, a, c, d, b, e, c, a" a, b, c, d, e …or by clicking on a GUI button. This leads to the Entry Point function to get called. It´s the program´s main function in case of the batch version or a button click event handler in the GUI version. That´s the physical Entry Point so to speak. It´s inevitable. What then happens is a three step process: Transform the input data from the user into a request. Call the request handler. Transform the output of the request handler into a tangible result for the user. Or to phrase it a bit more generally: Accept input. Transform input into output. Present output. This does not mean any of these steps requires a lot of effort. Maybe it´s just one line of code to accomplish it. Nevertheless it´s a distinct step in doing the processing behind an Entry Point. Call it an aspect or a responsibility - and you will realize it most likely deserves a function of its own to satisfy the Single Responsibility Principle (SRP). Interestingly the above list of steps is already functional design. There is no logic, but nevertheless the solution is described - albeit on a higher level of abstraction than you might have done yourself. But it´s still on a meta-level. The application to the domain at hand is easy, though: Accept string list from command line De-duplicate Present de-duplicated strings on standard output And this concrete list of processing steps can easily be transformed into code:static void Main(string[] args) { var input = Accept_string_list(args); var output = Deduplicate(input); Present_deduplicated_string_list(output); } Instead of a big problem there are three much smaller problems now. If you think each of those is trivial to implement, then go for it. You can stop the functional design at this point. But maybe, just maybe, you´re not so sure how to go about with the de-duplication for example. Then just implement what´s easy right now, e.g.private static string Accept_string_list(string[] args) { return args[0]; } private static void Present_deduplicated_string_list( string[] output) { var line = string.Join(", ", output); Console.WriteLine(line); } Accept_string_list() contains logic in the form of an API-call. Present_deduplicated_string_list() contains logic in the form of an expression and an API-call. And then repeat the functional design for the remaining processing step. What´s left is the domain logic: de-duplicating a list of strings. How should that be done? Without any logic at our disposal during functional design you´re left with just functions. So which functions could make up the de-duplication? Here´s a suggestion: De-duplicate Parse the input string into a true list of strings. Register each string in a dictionary/map/set. That way duplicates get cast away. Transform the data structure into a list of unique strings. Processing step 2 obviously was the core of the solution. That´s where real creativity was needed. That´s the core of the domain. But now after this refinement the implementation of each step is easy again:private static string[] Parse_string_list(string input) { return input.Split(',') .Select(s => s.Trim()) .ToArray(); } private static Dictionary<string,object> Compile_unique_strings(string[] strings) { return strings.Aggregate( new Dictionary<string, object>(), (agg, s) => { agg[s] = null; return agg; }); } private static string[] Serialize_unique_strings( Dictionary<string,object> dict) { return dict.Keys.ToArray(); } With these three additional functions Main() now looks like this:static void Main(string[] args) { var input = Accept_string_list(args); var strings = Parse_string_list(input); var dict = Compile_unique_strings(strings); var output = Serialize_unique_strings(dict); Present_deduplicated_string_list(output); } I think that´s very understandable code: just read it from top to bottom and you know how the solution to the problem works. It´s a mirror image of the initial design: Accept string list from command line Parse the input string into a true list of strings. Register each string in a dictionary/map/set. That way duplicates get cast away. Transform the data structure into a list of unique strings. Present de-duplicated strings on standard output You can even re-generate the design by just looking at the code. Code and functional design thus are always in sync - if you follow some simple rules. But about that later. And as a bonus: all the functions making up the process are small - which means easy to understand, too. So much for an initial concrete example. Now it´s time for some theory. Because there is method to this madness ;-) The above has only scratched the surface. Introducing Flow Design Functional design starts with a given function, the Entry Point. Its goal is to describe the behavior of the program when the Entry Point is triggered using a process, not an algorithm. An algorithm consists of logic, a process on the other hand consists just of steps or stages. Each processing step transforms input into output or a side effect. Also it might access resources, e.g. a printer, a database, or just memory. Processing steps thus can rely on state of some sort. This is different from Functional Programming, where functions are supposed to not be stateful and not cause side effects.[1] In its simplest form a process can be written as a bullet point list of steps, e.g. Get data from user Output result to user Transform data Parse data Map result for output Such a compilation of steps - possibly on different levels of abstraction - often is the first artifact of functional design. It can be generated by a team in an initial design brainstorming. Next comes ordering the steps. What should happen first, what next etc.? Get data from user Parse data Transform data Map result for output Output result to user That´s great for a start into functional design. It´s better than starting to code right away on a given function using TDD. Please get me right: TDD is a valuable practice. But it can be unnecessarily hard if the scope of a functionn is too large. But how do you know beforehand without investing some thinking? And how to do this thinking in a systematic fashion? My recommendation: For any given function you´re supposed to implement first do a functional design. Then, once you´re confident you know the processing steps - which are pretty small - refine and code them using TDD. You´ll see that´s much, much easier - and leads to cleaner code right away. For more information on this approach I call “Informed TDD” read my book of the same title. Thinking before coding is smart. And writing down the solution as a bunch of functions possibly is the simplest thing you can do, I´d say. It´s more according to the KISS (Keep It Simple, Stupid) principle than returning constants or other trivial stuff TDD development often is started with. So far so good. A simple ordered list of processing steps will do to start with functional design. As shown in the above example such steps can easily be translated into functions. Moving from design to coding thus is simple. However, such a list does not scale. Processing is not always that simple to be captured in a list. And then the list is just text. Again. Like code. That means the design is lacking visuality. Textual representations need more parsing by your brain than visual representations. Plus they are limited in their “dimensionality”: text just has one dimension, it´s sequential. Alternatives and parallelism are hard to encode in text. In addition the functional design using numbered lists lacks data. It´s not visible what´s the input, output, and state of the processing steps. That´s why functional design should be done using a lightweight visual notation. No tool is necessary to draw such designs. Use pen and paper; a flipchart, a whiteboard, or even a napkin is sufficient. Visualizing processes The building block of the functional design notation is a functional unit. I mostly draw it like this: Something is done, it´s clear what goes in, it´s clear what comes out, and it´s clear what the processing step requires in terms of state or hardware. Whenever input flows into a functional unit it gets processed and output is produced and/or a side effect occurs. Flowing data is the driver of something happening. That´s why I call this approach to functional design Flow Design. It´s about data flow instead of control flow. Control flow like in algorithms is of no concern to functional design. Thinking about control flow simply is too low level. Once you start with control flow you easily get bogged down by tons of details. That´s what you want to avoid during design. Design is supposed to be quick, broad brush, abstract. It should give overview. But what about all the details? As Robert C. Martin rightly said: “Programming is abot detail”. Detail is a matter of code. Once you start coding the processing steps you designed you can worry about all the detail you want. Functional design does not eliminate all the nitty gritty. It just postpones tackling them. To me that´s also an example of the SRP. Function design has the responsibility to come up with a solution to a problem posed by a single function (Entry Point). And later coding has the responsibility to implement the solution down to the last detail (i.e. statement, API-call). TDD unfortunately mixes both responsibilities. It´s just coding - and thereby trying to find detailed implementations (green phase) plus getting the design right (refactoring). To me that´s one reason why TDD has failed to deliver on its promise for many developers. Using functional units as building blocks of functional design processes can be depicted very easily. Here´s the initial process for the example problem: For each processing step draw a functional unit and label it. Choose a verb or an “action phrase” as a label, not a noun. Functional design is about activities, not state or structure. Then make the output of an upstream step the input of a downstream step. Finally think about the data that should flow between the functional units. Write the data above the arrows connecting the functional units in the direction of the data flow. Enclose the data description in brackets. That way you can clearly see if all flows have already been specified. Empty brackets mean “no data is flowing”, but nevertheless a signal is sent. A name like “list” or “strings” in brackets describes the data content. Use lower case labels for that purpose. A name starting with an upper case letter like “String” or “Customer” on the other hand signifies a data type. If you like, you also can combine descriptions with data types by separating them with a colon, e.g. (list:string) or (strings:string[]). But these are just suggestions from my practice with Flow Design. You can do it differently, if you like. Just be sure to be consistent. Flows wired-up in this manner I call one-dimensional (1D). Each functional unit just has one input and/or one output. A functional unit without an output is possible. It´s like a black hole sucking up input without producing any output. Instead it produces side effects. A functional unit without an input, though, does make much sense. When should it start to work? What´s the trigger? That´s why in the above process even the first processing step has an input. If you like, view such 1D-flows as pipelines. Data is flowing through them from left to right. But as you can see, it´s not always the same data. It get´s transformed along its passage: (args) becomes a (list) which is turned into (strings). The Principle of Mutual Oblivion A very characteristic trait of flows put together from function units is: no functional units knows another one. They are all completely independent of each other. Functional units don´t know where their input is coming from (or even when it´s gonna arrive). They just specify a range of values they can process. And they promise a certain behavior upon input arriving. Also they don´t know where their output is going. They just produce it in their own time independent of other functional units. That means at least conceptually all functional units work in parallel. Functional units don´t know their “deployment context”. They now nothing about the overall flow they are place in. They are just consuming input from some upstream, and producing output for some downstream. That makes functional units very easy to test. At least as long as they don´t depend on state or resources. I call this the Principle of Mutual Oblivion (PoMO). Functional units are oblivious of others as well as an overall context/purpose. They are just parts of a whole focused on a single responsibility. How the whole is built, how a larger goal is achieved, is of no concern to the single functional units. By building software in such a manner, functional design interestingly follows nature. Nature´s building blocks for organisms also follow the PoMO. The cells forming your body do not know each other. Take a nerve cell “controlling” a muscle cell for example:[2] The nerve cell does not know anything about muscle cells, let alone the specific muscel cell it is “attached to”. Likewise the muscle cell does not know anything about nerve cells, let a lone a specific nerve cell “attached to” it. Saying “the nerve cell is controlling the muscle cell” thus only makes sense when viewing both from the outside. “Control” is a concept of the whole, not of its parts. Control is created by wiring-up parts in a certain way. Both cells are mutually oblivious. Both just follow a contract. One produces Acetylcholine (ACh) as output, the other consumes ACh as input. Where the ACh is going, where it´s coming from neither cell cares about. Million years of evolution have led to this kind of division of labor. And million years of evolution have produced organism designs (DNA) which lead to the production of these different cell types (and many others) and also to their co-location. The result: the overall behavior of an organism. How and why this happened in nature is a mystery. For our software, though, it´s clear: functional and quality requirements needs to be fulfilled. So we as developers have to become “intelligent designers” of “software cells” which we put together to form a “software organism” which responds in satisfying ways to triggers from it´s environment. My bet is: If nature gets complex organisms working by following the PoMO, who are we to not apply this recipe for success to our much simpler “machines”? So my rule is: Wherever there is functionality to be delivered, because there is a clear Entry Point into software, design the functionality like nature would do it. Build it from mutually oblivious functional units. That´s what Flow Design is about. In that way it´s even universal, I´d say. Its notation can also be applied to biology: Never mind labeling the functional units with nouns. That´s ok in Flow Design. You´ll do that occassionally for functional units on a higher level of abstraction or when their purpose is close to hardware. Getting a cockroach to roam your bedroom takes 1,000,000 nerve cells (neurons). Getting the de-duplication program to do its job just takes 5 “software cells” (functional units). Both, though, follow the same basic principle. Translating functional units into code Moving from functional design to code is no rocket science. In fact it´s straightforward. There are two simple rules: Translate an input port to a function. Translate an output port either to a return statement in that function or to a function pointer visible to that function. The simplest translation of a functional unit is a function. That´s what you saw in the above example. Functions are mutually oblivious. That why Functional Programming likes them so much. It makes them composable. Which is the reason, nature works according to the PoMO. Let´s be clear about one thing: There is no dependency injection in nature. For all of an organism´s complexity no DI container is used. Behavior is the result of smooth cooperation between mutually oblivious building blocks. Functions will often be the adequate translation for the functional units in your designs. But not always. Take for example the case, where a processing step should not always produce an output. Maybe the purpose is to filter input. Here the functional unit consumes words and produces words. But it does not pass along every word flowing in. Some words are swallowed. Think of a spell checker. It probably should not check acronyms for correctness. There are too many of them. Or words with no more than two letters. Such words are called “stop words”. In the above picture the optionality of the output is signified by the astrisk outside the brackets. It means: Any number of (word) data items can flow from the functional unit for each input data item. It might be none or one or even more. This I call a stream of data. Such behavior cannot be translated into a function where output is generated with return. Because a function always needs to return a value. So the output port is translated into a function pointer or continuation which gets passed to the subroutine when called:[3]void filter_stop_words( string word, Action<string> onNoStopWord) { if (...check if not a stop word...) onNoStopWord(word); } If you want to be nitpicky you might call such a function pointer parameter an injection. And technically you´re right. Conceptually, though, it´s not an injection. Because the subroutine is not functionally dependent on the continuation. Firstly continuations are procedures, i.e. subroutines without a return type. Remember: Flow Design is about unidirectional data flow. Secondly the name of the formal parameter is chosen in a way as to not assume anything about downstream processing steps. onNoStopWord describes a situation (or event) within the functional unit only. Translating output ports into function pointers helps keeping functional units mutually oblivious in cases where output is optional or produced asynchronically. Either pass the function pointer to the function upon call. Or make it global by putting it on the encompassing class. Then it´s called an event. In C# that´s even an explicit feature.class Filter { public void filter_stop_words( string word) { if (...check if not a stop word...) onNoStopWord(word); } public event Action<string> onNoStopWord; } When to use a continuation and when to use an event dependens on how a functional unit is used in flows and how it´s packed together with others into classes. You´ll see examples further down the Flow Design road. Another example of 1D functional design Let´s see Flow Design once more in action using the visual notation. How about the famous word wrap kata? Robert C. Martin has posted a much cited solution including an extensive reasoning behind his TDD approach. So maybe you want to compare it to Flow Design. The function signature given is:string WordWrap(string text, int maxLineLength) {...} That´s not an Entry Point since we don´t see an application with an environment and users. Nevertheless it´s a function which is supposed to provide a certain functionality. The text passed in has to be reformatted. The input is a single line of arbitrary length consisting of words separated by spaces. The output should consist of one or more lines of a maximum length specified. If a word is longer than a the maximum line length it can be split in multiple parts each fitting in a line. Flow Design Let´s start by brainstorming the process to accomplish the feat of reformatting the text. What´s needed? Words need to be assembled into lines Words need to be extracted from the input text The resulting lines need to be assembled into the output text Words too long to fit in a line need to be split Does sound about right? I guess so. And it shows a kind of priority. Long words are a special case. So maybe there is a hint for an incremental design here. First let´s tackle “average words” (words not longer than a line). Here´s the Flow Design for this increment: The the first three bullet points turned into functional units with explicit data added. As the signature requires a text is transformed into another text. See the input of the first functional unit and the output of the last functional unit. In between no text flows, but words and lines. That´s good to see because thereby the domain is clearly represented in the design. The requirements are talking about words and lines and here they are. But note the asterisk! It´s not outside the brackets but inside. That means it´s not a stream of words or lines, but lists or sequences. For each text a sequence of words is output. For each sequence of words a sequence of lines is produced. The asterisk is used to abstract from the concrete implementation. Like with streams. Whether the list of words gets implemented as an array or an IEnumerable is not important during design. It´s an implementation detail. Does any processing step require further refinement? I don´t think so. They all look pretty “atomic” to me. And if not… I can always backtrack and refine a process step using functional design later once I´ve gained more insight into a sub-problem. Implementation The implementation is straightforward as you can imagine. The processing steps can all be translated into functions. Each can be tested easily and separately. Each has a focused responsibility. And the process flow becomes just a sequence of function calls: Easy to understand. It clearly states how word wrapping works - on a high level of abstraction. And it´s easy to evolve as you´ll see. Flow Design - Increment 2 So far only texts consisting of “average words” are wrapped correctly. Words not fitting in a line will result in lines too long. Wrapping long words is a feature of the requested functionality. Whether it´s there or not makes a difference to the user. To quickly get feedback I decided to first implement a solution without this feature. But now it´s time to add it to deliver the full scope. Fortunately Flow Design automatically leads to code following the Open Closed Principle (OCP). It´s easy to extend it - instead of changing well tested code. How´s that possible? Flow Design allows for extension of functionality by inserting functional units into the flow. That way existing functional units need not be changed. The data flow arrow between functional units is a natural extension point. No need to resort to the Strategy Pattern. No need to think ahead where extions might need to be made in the future. I just “phase in” the remaining processing step: Since neither Extract words nor Reformat know of their environment neither needs to be touched due to the “detour”. The new processing step accepts the output of the existing upstream step and produces data compatible with the existing downstream step. Implementation - Increment 2 A trivial implementation checking the assumption if this works does not do anything to split long words. The input is just passed on: Note how clean WordWrap() stays. The solution is easy to understand. A developer looking at this code sometime in the future, when a new feature needs to be build in, quickly sees how long words are dealt with. Compare this to Robert C. Martin´s solution:[4] How does this solution handle long words? Long words are not even part of the domain language present in the code. At least I need considerable time to understand the approach. Admittedly the Flow Design solution with the full implementation of long word splitting is longer than Robert C. Martin´s. At least it seems. Because his solution does not cover all the “word wrap situations” the Flow Design solution handles. Some lines would need to be added to be on par, I guess. But even then… Is a difference in LOC that important as long as it´s in the same ball park? I value understandability and openness for extension higher than saving on the last line of code. Simplicity is not just less code, it´s also clarity in design. But don´t take my word for it. Try Flow Design on larger problems and compare for yourself. What´s the easier, more straightforward way to clean code? And keep in mind: You ain´t seen all yet ;-) There´s more to Flow Design than described in this chapter. In closing I hope I was able to give you a impression of functional design that makes you hungry for more. To me it´s an inevitable step in software development. Jumping from requirements to code does not scale. And it leads to dirty code all to quickly. Some thought should be invested first. Where there is a clear Entry Point visible, it´s functionality should be designed using data flows. Because with data flows abstraction is possible. For more background on why that´s necessary read my blog article here. For now let me point out to you - if you haven´t already noticed - that Flow Design is a general purpose declarative language. It´s “programming by intention” (Shalloway et al.). Just write down how you think the solution should work on a high level of abstraction. This breaks down a large problem in smaller problems. And by following the PoMO the solutions to those smaller problems are independent of each other. So they are easy to test. Or you could even think about getting them implemented in parallel by different team members. Flow Design not only increases evolvability, but also helps becoming more productive. All team members can participate in functional design. This goes beyon collective code ownership. We´re talking collective design/architecture ownership. Because with Flow Design there is a common visual language to talk about functional design - which is the foundation for all other design activities. PS: If you like what you read, consider getting my ebook “The Incremental Architekt´s Napkin”. It´s where I compile all the articles in this series for easier reading. I like the strictness of Function Programming - but I also find it quite hard to live by. And it certainly is not what millions of programmers are used to. Also to me it seems, the real world is full of state and side effects. So why give them such a bad image? That´s why functional design takes a more pragmatic approach. State and side effects are ok for processing steps - but be sure to follow the SRP. Don´t put too much of it into a single processing step. ? Image taken from www.physioweb.org ? My code samples are written in C#. C# sports typed function pointers called delegates. Action is such a function pointer type matching functions with signature void someName(T t). Other languages provide similar ways to work with functions as first class citizens - even Java now in version 8. I trust you find a way to map this detail of my translation to your favorite programming language. I know it works for Java, C++, Ruby, JavaScript, Python, Go. And if you´re using a Functional Programming language it´s of course a no brainer. ? Taken from his blog post “The Craftsman 62, The Dark Path”. ?

Read the article

Oracle Support Master Note for Troubleshooting Advanced Queuing and Oracle Streams Propagation Issues (Doc ID 233099.1)

- by faye.todd(at)oracle.com

Master Note for Troubleshooting Advanced Queuing and Oracle Streams Propagation Issues (Doc ID 233099.1) Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle Corporation. All Rights Reserved. In this Document Purpose Last Review Date Instructions for the Reader Troubleshooting Details 1. Scope and Application 2. Definitions and Classifications 3. How to Use This Guide 4. Basic AQ Propagation Troubleshooting 5. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for AQ Propagation of User-Enqueued and Dequeued Messages 6. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for Propagation in an Oracle Streams Environment 7. Performance Issues References Applies to: Oracle Server - Enterprise Edition - Version: 8.1.7.0 to 11.2.0.2 - Release: 8.1.7 to 11.2Information in this document applies to any platform. Purpose This document presents a step-by-step methodology for troubleshooting and resolving problems with Advanced Queuing Propagation in both Streams and basic Advanced Queuing environments. It also serves as a master reference for other more specific notes on Oracle Streams Propagation and Advanced Queuing Propagation issues. Last Review Date December 20, 2010 Instructions for the Reader A Troubleshooting Guide is provided to assist in debugging a specific issue. When possible, diagnostic tools are included in the document to assist in troubleshooting. Troubleshooting Details 1. Scope and Application This note is intended for Database Administrators of Oracle databases where issues are being encountered with propagating messages between advanced queues, whether the queues are used for user-created messaging systems or for Oracle Streams. It contains troubleshooting steps and links to notes for further problem resolution.It can also be used a template to document a problem when it is necessary to engage Oracle Support Services. Knowing what is NOT happening can frequently speed up the resolution process by focusing solely on the pertinent problem area. This guide is divided into five parts: Section 2: Definitions and Classifications (discusses the different types and features of propagations possible - helpful for understanding the rest of the guide) Section 3: How to Use this Guide (to be used as a start part for determining the scope of the problem and what sections to consult) Section 4. Basic AQ propagation troubleshooting (applies to both AQ propagation of user enqueued and dequeued messages as well as Oracle Streams propagations) Section 5. Additional troubleshooting steps for AQ propagation of user enqueued and dequeued messages Section 6. Additional troubleshooting steps for Oracle Streams propagation Section 7. Performance issues 2. Definitions and Classifications Given the potential scope of issues that can be encountered with AQ propagation, the first recommended step is to do some basic diagnosis to determine the type of problem that is being encountered. 2.1. What Type of Propagation is Being Used? 2.1.1. Buffered Messaging For an advanced queue, messages can be maintained on disk (persistent messaging) or in memory (buffered messaging). To determine if a queue is buffered or not, reference the GV_$BUFFERED_QUEUES view. If the queue does not appear in this view, it is persistent. 2.1.2. Propagation mode - queue-to-dblink vs queue-to-queue As of 10.2, an AQ propagation can also be defined as queue-to-dblink, or queue-to-queue: queue-to-dblink: The propagation delivers messages or events from the source queue to all subscribing queues at the destination database identified by the dblink. A single propagation schedule is used to propagate messages to all subscribing queues. Hence any changes made to this schedule will affect message delivery to all the subscribing queues. This mode does not support multiple propagations from the same source queue to the same target database. queue-to-queue: Added in 10.2, this propagation mode delivers messages or events from the source queue to a specific destination queue identified on the database link. This allows the user to have fine-grained control on the propagation schedule for message delivery. This new propagation mode also supports transparent failover when propagating to a destination Oracle RAC system. With queue-to-queue propagation, you are no longer required to re-point a database link if the owner instance of the queue fails on Oracle RAC. This mode supports multiple propagations to the same target database if the target queues are different. The default is queue-to-dblink. To verify if queue-to-queue propagation is being used, in non-Streams environments query DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES.DESTINATION - if a remote queue is listed along with the remote database link, then queue-to-queue propagation is being used. For Streams environments, the DBA_PROPAGATION.QUEUE_TO_QUEUE column can be checked.See the following note for a method to switch between the two modes:Document 827473.1 How to alter propagation from queue-to-queue to queue-to-dblink 2.1.3. Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) for Streams In 11g Oracle Streams environments, an optimization called Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) is implemented by default when possible. Although a propagation is configured in this case, Streams does not use it; instead it passes information directly from capture to an apply receiver. To see if CCA is in use: COLUMN CAPTURE_NAME HEADING 'Capture Name' FORMAT A30COLUMN OPTIMIZATION HEADING 'CCA Mode?' FORMAT A10SELECT CAPTURE_NAME, DECODE(OPTIMIZATION,0, 'No','Yes') OPTIMIZATIONFROM V$STREAMS_CAPTURE; Also, see the following note:Document 463820.1 Streams Combined Capture and Apply in 11g 2.2. Queue Table Compatibility There are three types of queue table compatibility. In more recent databases, queue tables may be present in all three modes of compatibility: 8.0 - earliest version, deprecated in 10.2 onwards 8.1 - support added for RAC, asynchronous notification, secure queues, queue level access control, rule-based subscribers, separate storage of history information 10.0 - if the database is in 10.1-compatible mode, then the default value for queue table compatibility is 10.0 2.3. Single vs Multiple Consumer Queue Tables If more than one recipient can dequeue a message from a queue, then its queue table is multiple consumer. You can propagate messages from a multiple-consumer queue to a single-consumer queue. Propagation from a single-consumer queue to a multiple-consumer queue is not possible. 3. How to Use This Guide 3.1. Are Messages Being Propagated at All, or is the Propagation Just Slow? Run the following query on the source database for the propagation (assuming that it is running): select TOTAL_NUMBER from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES where QNAME='<source_queue_name>'; If TOTAL_NUMBER is increasing, then propagation is most likely functioning, although it may be slow. For performance issues, see Section 7. 3.2. Propagation Between Persistent User-Created Queues See Sections 4 and 5 (and optionally Section 6 if performance is an issue). 3.3. Propagation Between Buffered User-Created Queues See Sections 4, 5, and 6 (and optionally Section 7 if performance is an issue). 3.4. Propagation between Oracle Streams Queues (without Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) Optimization) See Sections 4 and 6 (and optionally Section 7 if performance is an issue). 3.5. Propagation between Oracle Streams Queues (with Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) Optimization) Although an AQ propagation is not used directly in this case, some characteristics of the message transfer are inferred from the propagation parameters used. Some parts of Sections 4 and 6 still apply. 3.6. Messaging Gateway Propagations This note does not apply to Messaging Gateway propagations. 4. Basic AQ Propagation Troubleshooting 4.1. Double-check Your Code Make sure that you are consistent in your usage of the database link(s) names, queue names, etc. It may be useful to plot a diagram of which queues are connected via which database links to make sure that the logical structure is correct. 4.2. Verify that Job Queue Processes are Running 4.2.1. Versions 10.2 and Lower - DBA_JOBS Package For versions 10.2 and lower, a scheduled propagation is managed by DBMS_JOB package. The propagation is performed by job queue process background processes. Therefore we need to verify that there are sufficient processes available for the propagation process. We should have at least 4 job queue processes running and preferably more depending on the number of other jobs running in the database. It should be noted that for AQ specific work, AQ will only ever use half of the job queue processes available.An issue caused by an inadequate job queue processes parameter setting is described in the following note:Document 298015.1 Kwqjswproc:Excep After Loop: Assigning To Self 4.2.1.1. Job Queue Processes in Initalization Parameter File The parameter JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES in the init.ora/spfile should be > 0. The value can be changed dynamically via connect / as sysdbaalter system set JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES=10; 4.2.1.2. Job Queue Processes in Memory The following command will show how many job queue processes are currentlyin use by this instance (this may be different than what is in the init.ora/spfile): connect / as sysdbashow parameter job; 4.2.1.3. OS PIDs Corresponding to Job Queue Processes Identify the operating system process ids (spids) of job queue processes involved in propagation via select p.SPID, p.PROGRAM from V$PROCESS p, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=p.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOBand j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%'; and these SPIDs can be used to check at the operating system level that they exist.In 8i a job queue process will have a name similar to: ora_snp1_<instance_name>.In 9i onwards you will see a coordinator process: ora_cjq0_ and multiple slave processes: ora_jnnn_<instance_name>, where nnn is an integer between 1 and 999. 4.2.2. Version 11.1 and Above - Oracle Scheduler In version 11.1 and above, Oracle Scheduler is used to perform AQ and Streams propagations. Oracle Scheduler automatically tunes the number of slave processes for these jobs based on the load on the computer system, and the JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES initialization parameter is only used to specify the maximum number of slave processes. Therefore, the JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES initialization parameter does not need to be set (it defaults to a very high number), unless you want to limit the number of slaves that can be created. If JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES = 0, no propagation jobs will run.See the following note for a discussion of Oracle Streams 11g and Oracle Scheduler:Document 1083608.1 11g Streams and Oracle Scheduler 4.2.2.1. Job Queue Processes in Initalization Parameter File The parameter JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES in the init.ora/spfile should be > 0, and preferably be left at its default value. The value can be changed dynamically via connect / as sysdbaalter system set JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES=10; To set the JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES parameter to its default value, run: connect / as sysdbaalter system reset JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES; and then bounce the instance. 4.2.2.2. Job Queue Processes in Memory The following command will show how many job queue processes are currently in use by this instance (this may be different than what is in the init.ora/spfile): connect / as sysdbashow parameter job; 4.2.2.3. OS PIDs Corresponding to Job Queue Processes Identify the operating system process ids (SPIDs) of job queue processes involved in propagation via col PROGRAM for a30select p.SPID, p.PROGRAM, j.JOB_namefrom v$PROCESS p, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=p.ADDRand jr.JOB_name=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%'; and these SPIDs can be used to check at the operating system level that they exist.You will see a coordinator process: ora_cjq0_ and multiple slave processes: ora_jnnn_<instance_name>, where nnn is an integer between 1 and 999. 4.3. Check the Alert Log and Any Associated Trace Files The first place to check for propagation failures is the alert logs at all sites (local and if relevant all remote sites). When a job queue process attempts to execute a schedule and fails it will always write an error stack to the alert log. This error stack will also be written in a job queue process trace file, which will be written to the BACKGROUND_DUMP_DEST location for 10.2 and below, and in the DIAGNOSTIC_DEST location for 11g. The fact that errors are written to the alert log demonstrates that the schedule is executing. This means that the problem could be with the set up of the schedule. In this example the ORA-02068 demonstrates that the failure was at the remote site. Further investigation revealed that the remote database was not open, hence the ORA-03114 error. Starting the database resolved the problem. Thu Feb 14 10:40:05 2002 Propagation Schedule for (AQADM.MULTIPLEQ, SHANE816.WORLD) encountered following error:ORA-04052: error occurred when looking up Remote object [email protected]: error occurred at recursive SQL level 4ORA-02068: following severe error from SHANE816ORA-03114: not connected to ORACLEORA-06512: at "SYS.DBMS_AQADM_SYS", line 4770ORA-06512: at "SYS.DBMS_AQADM", line 548ORA-06512: at line 1 Other potential errors that may be written to the alert log can be found in the following notes:Document 827184.1 AQ Propagation with CLOB data types Fails with ORA-22990 (11.1)Document 846297.1 AQ Propagation Fails : ORA-00600[kope2upic2954] or Ora-00600[Kghsstream_copyn] (10.2, 11.1)Document 731292.1 ORA-25215 Reported on Local Propagation When Using Transformation with ANYDATA queue tables (10.2, 11.1, 11.2)Document 365093.1 ORA-07445 [kwqppay2aqe()+7360] Reported on Propagation of a Transformed Message (10.1, 10.2)Document 219416.1 Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails with ORA-22922 (9.0)Document 1203544.1 AQ Propagation Aborted with ORA-600 [ociksin: invalid status] on SYS.DBMS_AQADM_SYS.AQ$_PROPAGATION_PROCEDURE After Upgrade (11.1, 11.2)Document 1087324.1 ORA-01405 ORA-01422 reported by Advanced Queuing Propagation schedules after RAC reconfiguration (10.2)Document 1079577.1 Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails With "ORA-22370 incorrect usage of method" (9.2, 10.2, 11.1, 11.2)Document 332792.1 ORA-04061 error relating to SYS.DBMS_PRVTAQIP reported when setting up Statspack (8.1, 9.0, 9.2, 10.1)Document 353325.1 ORA-24056: Internal inconsistency for QUEUE <queue_name> and destination <dblink> (8.1, 9.0, 9.2, 10.1, 10.2, 11.1, 11.2)Document 787367.1 ORA-22275 reported on Propagating Messages with LOB component when propagating between 10.1 and 10.2 (10.1, 10.2)Document 566622.1 ORA-22275 when propagating >4K AQ$_JMS_TEXT_MESSAGEs from 9.2.0.8 to 10.2.0.1 (9.2, 10.1)Document 731539.1 ORA-29268: HTTP client error 401 Unauthorized Error when the AQ Servlet attempts to Propagate a message via HTTP (9.0, 9.2, 10.1, 10.2, 11.1)Document 253131.1 Concurrent Writes May Corrupt LOB Segment When Using Auto Segment Space Management (ORA-1555) (9.2)Document 118884.1 How to unschedule a propagation schedule stuck in pending stateDocument 222992.1 DBMS_AQADM.DISABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE Returns ORA-24082Document 282987.1 Propagated Messages marked UNDELIVERABLE after Drop and Recreate Of Remote QueueDocument 1204080.1 AQ Propagation Failing With ORA-25329 After Upgraded From 8i or 9i to 10g or 11g.Document 1233675.1 AQ Propagation stops after upgrade to 11.2.0.1 ORA-30757 4.3.1. Errors Related to Incorrect Network Configuration The most common propagation errors result from an incorrect network configuration. The list below contains common errors caused by tnsnames.ora file or database links being configured incorrectly: - ORA-12154: TNS:could not resolve service name- ORA-12505: TNS:listener does not currently know of SID given in connect descriptor- ORA-12514: TNS:listener could not resolve SERVICE_NAME - ORA-12541: TNS-12541 TNS:no listener 4.4. Check the Database Links Exist and are Functioning Correctly For schedules to remote databases confirm the database link exists via. SQL> col DBLINK for a45SQL> select QNAME, NVL(REGEXP_SUBSTR(DESTINATION, '[^@]+', 1, 2), DESTINATION) dblink2 from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES3 where MESSAGE_DELIVERY_MODE = 'PERSISTENT';QNAME DBLINK------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------MY_QUEUE ORCL102B.WORLD Connect as the owner of the link and select across it to verify it works and connects to the database we expect. i.e. select * from ALL_QUEUES@ ORCL102B.WORLD; You need to ensure that the userid that scheduled the propagation (using DBMS_AQADM.SCHEDULE_PROPAGATION or DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.CREATE_PROPAGATION if using Streams) has access to the database link for the destination. 4.5. Has Propagation Been Correctly Scheduled? Check that the propagation schedule has been created and that a job queue process has been assigned. Look for the entry in DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES and SYS.AQ$_SCHEDULES for your schedule. For 10g and below, check that it has a JOBNO entry in SYS.AQ$_SCHEDULES, and that there is an entry in DBA_JOBS with that JOBNO. For 11g and above, check that the schedule has a JOB_NAME entry in SYS.AQ$_SCHEDULES, and that there is an entry in DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS with that JOB_NAME. Check the destination is as intended and spelled correctly. SQL> select SCHEMA, QNAME, DESTINATION, SCHEDULE_DISABLED, PROCESS_NAME from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES;SCHEMA QNAME DESTINATION S PROCESS------- ---------- ------------------ - -----------AQADM MULTIPLEQ AQ$_LOCAL N J000 AQ$_LOCAL in the destination column shows that the queue to which we are propagating to is in the same database as the source queue. If the propagation was to a remote (different) database, a database link will be in the DESTINATION column. The entry in the SCHEDULE_DISABLED column, N, means that the schedule is NOT disabled. If Y (yes) appears in this column, propagation is disabled and the schedule will not be executed. If not using Oracle Streams, propagation should resume once you have enabled the schedule by invoking DBMS_AQADM.ENABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE (for 10.2 Oracle Streams and above, the DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.START_PROPAGATION procedure should be used). The PROCESS_NAME is the name of the job queue process currently allocated to execute the schedule. This process is allocated dynamically at execution time. If the PROCESS_NAME column is null (empty) the schedule is not currently executing. You may need to execute this statement a number of times to verify if a process is being allocated. If a process is at some time allocated to the schedule, it is attempting to execute. SQL> select SCHEMA, QNAME, LAST_RUN_DATE, NEXT_RUN_DATE from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES;SCHEMA QNAME LAST_RUN_DATE NEXT_RUN_DATE------ ----- ----------------------- ----------------------- AQADM MULTIPLEQ 13-FEB-2002 13:18:57 13-FEB-2002 13:20:30 In 11g, these dates are expressed in TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE datatypes. If the NEXT_RUN_DATE and NEXT_RUN_TIME columns are null when this statement is executed, the scheduled propagation is currently in progress. If they never change it would suggest that the schedule itself is never executing. If the next scheduled execution is too far away, change the NEXT_TIME parameter of the schedule so that schedules are executed more frequently (assuming that the window is not set to be infinite). Parameters of a schedule can be changed using the DBMS_AQADM.ALTER_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE call. In 10g and below, scheduling propagation posts a job in the DBA_JOBS view. The columns are more or less the same as DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES so you just need to recognize the job and verify that it exists. SQL> select JOB, WHAT from DBA_JOBS where WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%';JOB WHAT---- ----------------- 720 next_date := sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job); For 11g, scheduling propagation posts a job in DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS instead: SQL> select JOB_NAME from DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS where JOB_NAME like 'AQ_JOB$_%';JOB_NAME------------------------------AQ_JOB$_41 If no job exists, check DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES to make sure that the schedule has not been disabled. For 10g and below, the job number is dynamic for AQ propagation schedules. The procedure that is executed to expedite a propagation schedule runs, removes itself from DBA_JOBS, and then reposts a new job for the next scheduled propagation. The job number should therefore always increment unless the schedule has been set up to run indefinitely. 4.6. Is the Schedule Executing but Failing to Complete? Run the following query: SQL> select FAILURES, LAST_ERROR_MSG from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES;FAILURES LAST_ERROR_MSG------------ -----------------------1 ORA-25207: enqueue failed, queue AQADM.INQ is disabled from enqueueingORA-02063: preceding line from SHANE816 The failures column shows how many times we have attempted to execute the schedule and failed. Oracle will attempt to execute the schedule 16 times after which it will be removed from the DBA_JOBS or DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS view and the schedule will become disabled. The column DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES.SCHEDULE_DISABLED will show 'Y'. For 11g and above, the DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS.STATE column will show 'BROKEN' for the job corresponding to DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES.JOB_NAME. Prior to 10g the back off algorithm for failures was exponential, whereas from 10g onwards it is linear. The propagation will become disabled on the 17th attempt. Only the last execution failure will be reflected in the LAST_ERROR_MSG column. That is, if the schedule fails 5 times for 5 different reasons, only the last set of errors will be recorded in DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES. Any errors need to be resolved to allow propagation to continue. If propagation has also become disabled due to 17 failures, first resolve the reason for the error and then re-enable the schedule using the DBMS_AQADM.ENABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE procedure, or DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.START_PROPAGATION if using 10.2 or above Oracle Streams. As soon as the schedule executes successfully the error message entries will be deleted. Oracle does not keep a history of past failures. However, when using Oracle Streams, the errors will be retained in the DBA_PROPAGATION view even after the schedule resumes successfully. See the following note for instructions on how to clear out the errors from the DBA_PROPAGATION view:Document 808136.1 How to clear the old errors from DBA_PROPAGATION view?If a schedule is active and no errors are being reported then the source queue may not have any messages to be propagated. 4.7. Do the Propagation Notification Queue Table and Queue Exist? Check to see that the propagation notification queue table and queue exist and are enabled for enqueue and dequeue. Propagation makes use of the propagation notification queue for handling propagation run-time events, and the messages in this queue are stored in a SYS-owned queue table. This queue should never be stopped or dropped and the corresponding queue table never be dropped. 10g and belowThe propagation notification queue table is of the format SYS.AQ$_PROP_TABLE_n, where 'n' is the RAC instance number, i.e. '1' for a non-RAC environment. This queue and queue table are created implicitly when propagation is first scheduled. If propagation has been scheduled and these objects do not exist, try unscheduling and rescheduling propagation. If they still do not exist contact Oracle Support. SQL> select QUEUE_TABLE from DBA_QUEUE_TABLES2 where QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%' and OWNER = 'SYS';QUEUE_TABLE------------------------------AQ$_PROP_TABLE_1SQL> select NAME, ENQUEUE_ENABLED, DEQUEUE_ENABLED2 from DBA_QUEUES where owner='SYS'3 and QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%';NAME ENQUEUE DEQUEUE------------------------------ ------- -------AQ$_PROP_NOTIFY_1 YES YESAQ$_AQ$_PROP_TABLE_1_E NO NO If the AQ$_PROP_NOTIFY_1 queue is not enabled for enqueue or dequeue, it should be so enabled using DBMS_AQADM.START_QUEUE. However, the exception queue AQ$_AQ$_PROP_TABLE_1_E should not be enabled for enqueue or dequeue.11g and aboveThe propagation notification queue table is of the format SYS.AQ_PROP_TABLE, and is created when the database is created. If they do not exist, contact Oracle Support. SQL> select QUEUE_TABLE from DBA_QUEUE_TABLES2 where QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%' and OWNER = 'SYS';QUEUE_TABLE------------------------------AQ_PROP_TABLESQL> select NAME, ENQUEUE_ENABLED, DEQUEUE_ENABLED2 from DBA_QUEUES where owner='SYS'3 and QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%';NAME ENQUEUE DEQUEUE------------------------------ ------- -------AQ_PROP_NOTIFY YES YESAQ$_AQ_PROP_TABLE_E NO NO If the AQ_PROP_NOTIFY queue is not enabled for enqueue or dequeue, it should be so enabled using DBMS_AQADM.START_QUEUE. However, the exception queue AQ$_AQ$_PROP_TABLE_E should not be enabled for enqueue or dequeue. 4.8. Does the Remote Queue Exist and is it Enabled for Enqueueing? Check that the remote queue the propagation is transferring messages to exists and is enabled for enqueue: SQL> select DESTINATION from USER_QUEUE_SCHEDULES where QNAME = 'OUTQ';DESTINATION-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"AQADM"."INQ"@M2V102.ESSQL> select OWNER, NAME, ENQUEUE_ENABLED, DEQUEUE_ENABLED from [email protected];OWNER NAME ENQUEUE DEQUEUE-------- ------ ----------- -----------AQADM INQ YES YES 4.9. Do the Target and Source Database Charactersets Differ? If a message fails to propagate, check the database charactersets of the source and target databases. Investigate whether the same message can propagate between the databases with the same characterset or it is only a particular combination of charactersets which causes a problem. 4.10. Check the Queue Table Type Agreement Propagation is not possible between queue tables which have types that differ in some respect. One way to determine if this is the case is to run the DBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES procedure for the two queues that the propagation operates on. If the types do not agree, DBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES will return '0'.For AQ propagation between databases which have different NLS_LENGTH_SEMANTICS settings, propagation will not work, unless the queues are Oracle Streams ANYDATA queues.See the following notes for issues caused by lack of type agreement:Document 1079577.1 Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails With "ORA-22370: incorrect usage of method"Document 282987.1 Propagated Messages marked UNDELIVERABLE after Drop and Recreate Of Remote QueueDocument 353754.1 Streams Messaging Propagation Fails between Single and Multi-byte Charactersets when using Chararacter Length Semantics in the ADT 4.11. Enable Propagation Tracing 4.11.1. System Level This is set it in the init.ora/spfile as follows: event="24040 trace name context forever, level 10" and restart the instanceThis event cannot be set dynamically with an alter system command until version 10.2: SQL> alter system set events '24040 trace name context forever, level 10'; To unset the event: SQL> alter system set events '24040 trace name context off'; Debugging information will be logged to job queue trace file(s) (jnnn) as propagation takes place. You can check the trace file for errors, and for statements indicating that messages have been sent. For the most part the trace information is understandable. This trace should also be uploaded to Oracle Support if a service request is created. 4.11.2. Attaching to a Specific Process We can also attach to an existing job queue processes that is running a propagation schedule and trace it individually using the oradebug utility, as follows:10.2 and below connect / as sysdbaselect p.SPID, p.PROGRAM from v$PROCESS p, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=p.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOB and j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%';-- For the process id (SPID) attach to it via oradebug and generate the following traceoradebug setospid <SPID>oradebug unlimitoradebug Event 10046 trace name context forever, level 12oradebug Event 24040 trace name context forever, level 10-- Trace the process for 5 minutesoradebug Event 10046 trace name context offoradebug Event 24040 trace name context off-- The following command returns the pathname/filename to the file being written tooradebug tracefile_name 11g connect / as sysdbacol PROGRAM for a30select p.SPID, p.PROGRAM, j.JOB_NAMEfrom v$PROCESS p, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=p.ADDR and jr.JOB_NAME=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%';-- For the process id (SPID) attach to it via oradebug and generate the following traceoradebug setospid <SPID>oradebug unlimitoradebug Event 10046 trace name context forever, level 12oradebug Event 24040 trace name context forever, level 10-- Trace the process for 5 minutesoradebug Event 10046 trace name context offoradebug Event 24040 trace name context off-- The following command returns the pathname/filename to the file being written tooradebug tracefile_name 4.11.3. Further Tracing The previous tracing steps only trace the job queue process executing the propagation on the source. At times it is useful to trace the propagation receiver process (the session which is enqueueing the messages into the target queue) on the target database which is associated with the job queue process on the source database.These following queries provide ways of identifying the processes involved in propagation so that you can attach to them via oradebug to generate trace information.In order to identify the propagation receiver process you need to execute the query as a user with privileges to access the v$ views in both the local and remote databases so the database link must connect as a user with those privileges in the remote database. The <DBLINK> in the queries should be replaced by the appropriate database link.The queries have two forms due to the differences between operating systems. The value returned by 'Rem Process' is the operating system identifier of the propagation receiver on the remote database. Once identified, this process can be attached to and traced on the remote database using the commands given in Section 4.11.2.10.2 and below - Windows select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from v$PROCESS pl, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOB and j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%' and pl.SPID=substr(sr.PROCESS, instr(sr.PROCESS,':')+1); 10.2 and below - Unix select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from V$PROCESS pl, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOB and j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%' and pl.SPID=sr.PROCESS; 11g - Windows select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from V$PROCESS pl, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB_NAME=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%%' and pl.SPID=substr(sr.PROCESS, instr(sr.PROCESS,':')+1); 11g - Unix select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from V$PROCESS pl, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB_NAME=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%%' and pl.SPID=sr.PROCESS; 5. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for AQ Propagation of User-Enqueued and Dequeued Messages 5.1. Check the Privileges of All Users Involved Ensure that the owner of the database link has the necessary privileges on the aq packages. SQL> select TABLE_NAME, PRIVILEGE from USER_TAB_PRIVS;TABLE_NAME PRIVILEGE------------------------------ ----------------------------------------DBMS_LOCK EXECUTEDBMS_AQ EXECUTEDBMS_AQADM EXECUTEDBMS_AQ_BQVIEW EXECUTEQT52814_BUFFER SELECT Note that when queue table is created, a view called QT<nnn>_BUFFER is created in the SYS schema, and the queue table owner is given SELECT privileges on it. The <nnn> corresponds to the object_id of the associated queue table. SQL> select * from USER_ROLE_PRIVS;USERNAME GRANTED_ROLE ADM DEF OS_------------------------------ ------------------------------ ---- ---- ---AQ_USER1 AQ_ADMINISTRATOR_ROLE NO YES NOAQ_USER1 CONNECT NO YES NOAQ_USER1 RESOURCE NO YES NO It is good practice to configure central AQ administrative user. All admin and processing jobs are created, executed and administered as this user. This configuration is not mandatory however, and the database link can be owned by any existing queue user. If this latter configuration is used, ensure that the connecting user has the necessary privileges on the AQ packages and objects involved. Privileges for an AQ Administrative user Execute on DBMS_AQADM Execute on DBMS_AQ Granted the AQ_ADMINISTRATOR_ROLE Privileges for an AQ user Execute on DBMS_AQ Execute on the message payload Enqueue privileges on the remote queue Dequeue privileges on the originating queue Privileges need to be confirmed on both sites when propagation is scheduled to remote destinations. Verify that the user ID used to login to the destination through the database link has been granted privileges to use AQ. 5.2. Verify Queue Payload Types AQ will not propagate messages from one queue to another if the payload types of the two queues are not verified to be equivalent. An AQ administrator can verify if the source and destination's payload types match by executing the DBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES procedure. The results of the type checking will be stored in the SYS.AQ$_MESSAGE_TYPES table. This table can be accessed using the object identifier OID of the source queue and the address database link of the destination queue, i.e. [schema.]queue_name[@destination]. Prior to Oracle 9i the payload (message type) had to be the same for all the queue tables involved in propagation. From Oracle9i onwards a transformation can be used so that payloads can be converted from one type to another. The following procedural call made on the source database can verify whether we can propagate between the source and the destination queue tables. connect aq_user1/[email protected] serverout onDECLARErc_value number;BEGINDBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES(src_queue_name => 'AQ_USER1.Q_1', dest_queue_name => 'AQ_USER2.Q_2',destination => 'dbl_aq_user2.es',rc => rc_value);dbms_output.put_line('rc_value code is '||rc_value);END;/ If propagation is possible then the return code value will be 1. If it is 0 then propagation is not possible and further investigation of the types and transformations used by and in conjunction with the queue tables is required. With regard to comparison of the types the following sql can be used to extract the DDL for a specific type with' %' changed appropriately on the source and target. This can then be compared for the source and target. SET LONG 20000 set pagesize 50 EXECUTE DBMS_METADATA.SET_TRANSFORM_PARAM(DBMS_METADATA.SESSION_TRANSFORM, 'STORAGE',false); SELECT DBMS_METADATA.GET_DDL('TYPE',t.type_name) from user_types t WHERE t.type_name like '%'; EXECUTE DBMS_METADATA.SET_TRANSFORM_PARAM(DBMS_METADATA.SESSION_TRANSFORM, 'DEFAULT'); 5.3. Check Message State and Destination The first step in this process is to identify the queue table associated with the problem source queue. Although you schedule propagation for a specific queue, most of the meta-data associated with that queue is stored in the underlying queue table. The following statement finds the queue table for a given queue (note that this is a multiple-consumer queue table). SQL> select QUEUE_TABLE from DBA_QUEUES where NAME = 'MULTIPLEQ';QUEUE_TABLE --------------------MULTIPLEQTABLE For a small amount of messages in a multiple-consumer queue table, the following query can be run: SQL> select MSG_STATE, CONSUMER_NAME, ADDRESS from AQ$MULTIPLEQTABLE where QUEUE = 'MULTIPLEQ';MSG_STATE CONSUMER_NAME ADDRESS-------------- ----------------------- -------------READY AQUSER2 [email protected] AQUSER1READY AQUSER3 AQADM.INQ In this example we see 2 messages ready to be propagated to remote queues and 1 that is not. If the address column is blank, the message is not scheduled for propagation and can only be dequeued from the queue upon which it was enqueued. The MSG_STATE column values are discussed in Document 102330.1 Advanced Queueing MSG_STATE Values and their Interpretation. If the address column has a value, the message has been enqueued for propagation to another queue. The first row in the example includes a database link (@M2V102.ES). This demonstrates that the message should be propagated to a queue at a remote database. The third row does not include a database link so will be propagated to a queue that resides on the same database as the source queue. The consumer name is the intended recipient at the target queue. Note that we are not querying the base queue table directly; rather, we are querying a view that is available on top of every queue table, AQ$<queue_table_name>.A more realistic query in an environment where the queue table contains thousands of messages is8.0.3-compatible multiple-consumer queue table and all compatibility single-consumer queue tables select count(*), MSG_STATE, QUEUE from AQ$<queue_table_name> group by MSG_STATE, QUEUE; 8.1.3 and 10.0-compatible queue tables select count(*), MSG_STATE, QUEUE, CONSUMER_NAME from AQ$<queue_table_name>group by MSG_STATE, QUEUE, CONSUMER_NAME; For multiple-consumer queue tables, if you did not see the expected CONSUMER_NAME , check the syntax of the enqueue code and verify the recipients are declared correctly. If a recipients list is not used on enqueue, check the subscriber list in the AQ$_<queue_table_name>_S view (note that a single-consumer queue table does not have a subscriber view. This view records all members of the default subscription list which were added using the DBMS_AQADM.ADD_SUBSCRIBER procedure and also those enqueued using a recipient list. SQL> select QUEUE, NAME, ADDRESS from AQ$MULTIPLEQTABLE_S;QUEUE NAME ADDRESS---------- ----------- -------------MULTIPLEQ AQUSER2 [email protected] AQUSER1 In this example we have 2 subscribers registered with the queue. We have a local subscriber AQUSER1, and a remote subscriber AQUSER2, on the queue INQ, owned by AQADM, at M2V102.ES. Unless overridden with a recipient list during enqueue every message enqueued to this queue will be propagated to INQ at M2V102.ES.For 8.1 style and above multiple consumer queue tables, you can also check the following information at the target: select CONSUMER_NAME, DEQ_TXN_ID, DEQ_TIME, DEQ_USER_ID, PROPAGATED_MSGID from AQ$<queue_table_name> where QUEUE = '<QUEUE_NAME>'; For 8.0 style queues, if the queue table supports multiple consumers you can obtain the same information from the history column of the queue table: select h.CONSUMER, h.TRANSACTION_ID, h.DEQ_TIME, h.DEQ_USER, h.PROPAGATED_MSGIDfrom AQ$<queue_table_name> t, table(t.history) h where t.Q_NAME = '<QUEUE_NAME>'; A non-NULL TRANSACTION_ID indicates that the message was successfully propagated. Further, the DEQ_TIME indicates the time of propagation, the DEQ_USER indicates the userid used for propagation, and the PROPAGATED_MSGID indicates the message ID of the message that was enqueued at the destination. 6. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for Propagation in an Oracle Streams Environment 6.1. Is the Propagation Enabled? For a propagation job to propagate messages, the propagation must be enabled. For Streams, a special view called DBA_PROPAGATION exists to convey information about Streams propagations. If messages are not being propagated by a propagation as expected, then the propagation might not be enabled. To query for this: SELECT p.PROPAGATION_NAME, DECODE(s.SCHEDULE_DISABLED, 'Y', 'Disabled','N', 'Enabled') SCHEDULE_DISABLED, s.PROCESS_NAME, s.FAILURES, s.LAST_ERROR_MSGFROM DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES s, DBA_PROPAGATION pWHERE p.DESTINATION_DBLINK = NVL(REGEXP_SUBSTR(s.DESTINATION, '[^@]+', 1, 2), s.DESTINATION) AND s.SCHEMA = p.SOURCE_QUEUE_OWNER AND s.QNAME = p.SOURCE_QUEUE_NAME AND MESSAGE_DELIVERY_MODE = 'PERSISTENT' order by PROPAGATION_NAME; At times, the propagation job may become "broken" or fail to start after an error has been encountered or after a database restart. If an error is indicated by the above query, an attempt to disable the propagation and then re-enable it can be made. In the examples below, for the propagation named STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE where the queue name is STREAMS_QUEUE owned by STRMADMIN and the destination database link is ORCL2.WORLD, the commands would be:10.2 and above exec dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE'); exec dbms_propagation_adm.start_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE'); If the above does not fix the problem, stop the propagation specifying the force parameter (2nd parameter on stop_propagation) as TRUE: exec dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE',true); exec dbms_propagation_adm.start_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE'); The statistics for the propagation as well as any old error messages are cleared when the force parameter is set to TRUE. Therefore if the propagation schedule is stopped with FORCE set to TRUE, and upon restart there is still an error message in DBA_PROPAGATION, then the error message is current.9.2 or 10.1 exec dbms_aqadm.disable_propagation_schedule('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); exec dbms.aqadm.enable_propagation_schedule('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); If the above does not fix the problem, perform an unschedule of propagation and then schedule_propagation: exec dbms_aqadm.unschedule_propagation('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); exec dbms_aqadm.schedule_propagation('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); Typically if the error from the first query in Section 6.1 recurs after restarting the propagation as shown above, further troubleshooting of the error is needed. 6.2. Check Propagation Rule Sets and Transformations Inspect the configuration of the rules in the rule set that is associated with the propagation process to make sure that they evaluate to TRUE as expected. If not, then the object or schema will not be propagated. Remember that when a negative rule evaluates to TRUE, the specified object or schema will not be propagated. Finally inspect any rule-based transformations that are implemented with propagation to make sure they are changing the data in the intended way.The following query shows what rule sets are assigned to a propagation: select PROPAGATION_NAME, RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||RULE_SET_NAME "Positive Rule Set",NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_NAME "Negative Rule Set"from DBA_PROPAGATION; The next two queries list the propagation rules and their conditions. The first is for the positive rule set, the second is for the negative rule set: set long 4000select rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_SET_NAME RULE_SET ,rsr.RULE_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_NAME RULE_NAME,r.RULE_CONDITION CONDITION fromDBA_RULE_SET_RULES rsr, DBA_RULES rwhere rsr.RULE_NAME = r.RULE_NAME and rsr.RULE_OWNER = r.RULE_OWNER and RULE_SET_NAME in(select RULE_SET_NAME from DBA_PROPAGATION) order by rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER, rsr.RULE_SET_NAME; set long 4000select c.PROPAGATION_NAME, rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_SET_NAME RULE_SET ,rsr.RULE_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_NAME RULE_NAME,r.RULE_CONDITION CONDITION fromDBA_RULE_SET_RULES rsr, DBA_RULES r ,DBA_PROPAGATION cwhere rsr.RULE_NAME = r.RULE_NAME and rsr.RULE_OWNER = r.RULE_OWNER andrsr.RULE_SET_OWNER=c.NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_OWNER and rsr.RULE_SET_NAME=c.NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_NAMEand rsr.RULE_SET_NAME in(select NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_NAME from DBA_PROPAGATION) order by rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER, rsr.RULE_SET_NAME; 6.3. Determining the Total Number of Messages and Bytes Propagated As in Section 3.1, determining if messages are flowing can be instructive to see whether the propagation is entirely hung or just slow. If the propagation is not in flow control (see Section 6.5.2), but the statistics are incrementing slowly, there may be a performance issue. For Streams implementations two views are available that can assist with this that can show the number of messages sent by a propagation, as well as the number of acknowledgements being returned from the target site: the V$PROPAGATION_SENDER view at the Source site and the V$PROPAGATION_RECEIVER view at the destination site. It is helpful to query both to determine if messages are being delivered to the target. Look for the statistics to increase.Source: select QUEUE_SCHEMA, QUEUE_NAME, DBLINK,HIGH_WATER_MARK, ACKNOWLEDGEMENT, TOTAL_MSGS, TOTAL_BYTESfrom V$PROPAGATION_SENDER; Target: select SRC_QUEUE_SCHEMA, SRC_QUEUE_NAME, SRC_DBNAME, DST_QUEUE_SCHEMA, DST_QUEUE_NAME, HIGH_WATER_MARK, ACKNOWLEDGEMENT, TOTAL_MSGS from V$PROPAGATION_RECEIVER; 6.4. Check Buffered Subscribers The V$BUFFERED_SUBSCRIBERS view displays information about subscribers for all buffered queues in the instance. This view can be queried to make sure that the site that the propagation is propagating to is listed as a subscriber address for the site being propagated from: select QUEUE_SCHEMA, QUEUE_NAME, SUBSCRIBER_ADDRESS from V$BUFFERED_SUBSCRIBERS; The SUBSCRIBER_ADDRESS column will not be populated when the propagation is local (between queues on the same database). 6.5. Common Streams Propagation Errors 6.5.1. ORA-02082: A loopback database link must have a connection qualifier. This error can occur if you use the Streams Setup Wizard in Oracle Enterprise Manager without first configuring the GLOBAL_NAME for your database. 6.5.2. ORA-25307: Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow control DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES will display this informational message for propagation when the automatic flow control (10g feature of Streams) has been invoked.Similar to Streams capture processes, a Streams propagation process can also go into a state of 'flow control. This is an informative message that indicates flow control has been automatically enabled to reduce the rate at which messages are being enqueued into at target queue.This typically occurs when the target site is unable to keep up with the rate of messages flowing from the source site. Other than checking that the apply process is running normally on the target site, usually no action is required by the DBA. Propagation and the capture process will be resumed automatically when the target site is able to accept more messages.The following document contains more information:Document 302109.1 Streams Propagation Error: ORA-25307 Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow controlSee the following document for one potential cause of this situation:Document 1097115.1 Oracle Streams Apply Reader is in 'Paused' State 6.5.3. ORA-25315 unsupported configuration for propagation of buffered messages This error typically occurs when the target database is RAC and usually indicates that an attempt was made to propagate buffered messages with the database link pointing to an instance in the destination database which is not the owner instance of the destination queue. To resolve the problem, use queue-to-queue propagation for buffered messages. 6.5.4. ORA-600 [KWQBMCRCPTS101] after dropping / recreating propagation For cause/fixes refer to:Document 421237.1 ORA-600 [KWQBMCRCPTS101] reported by a Qmon slave process after dropping a Streams Propagation 6.5.5. Stopping or Dropping a Streams Propagation Hangs See the following note:Document 1159787.1 Troubleshooting Streams Propagation When It is Not Functioning and Attempts to Stop It Hang 6.6. Streams Propagation-Related Notes for Common Issues Document 437838.1 Streams Specific PatchesDocument 749181.1 How to Recover Streams After Dropping PropagationDocument 368912.1 Queue to Queue Propagation Schedule encountered ORA-12514 in a RAC environmentDocument 564649.1 ORA-02068/ORA-03114/ORA-03113 Errors From Streams Propagation Process - Remote Database is Available and Unschedule/Reschedule Does Not ResolveDocument 553017.1 Stream Propagation Process Errors Ora-4052 Ora-6554 From 11g To 10201Document 944846.1 Streams Propagation Fails Ora-7445 [kohrsmc]Document 745601.1 ORA-23603 'STREAMS enqueue aborted due to low SGA' Error from Streams Propagation, and V$STREAMS_CAPTURE.STATE Hanging on 'Enqueuing Message'Document 333068.1 ORA-23603: Streams Enqueue Aborted Eue To Low SGADocument 363496.1 Ora-25315 Propagating on RAC StreamsDocument 368237.1 Unable to Unschedule Propagation. Streams Queue is InvalidDocument 436332.1 dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation hangsDocument 727389.1 Propagation Fails With ORA-12528Document 730911.1 ORA-4063 Is Reported After Dropping Negative Prop.RulesetDocument 460471.1 Propagation Blocked by Qmon Process - Streams_queue_table / 'library cache lock' waitsDocument 1165583.1 ORA-600 [kwqpuspse0-ack] In Streams EnvironmentDocument 1059029.1 Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) : Capture aborts : ORA-1422 after schedule_propagationDocument 556309.1 Changing Propagation/ queue_to_queue : false -> true does does not work; no LCRs propagatedDocument 839568.1 Propagation failing with error: ORA-01536: space quota exceeded for tablespace ''Document 311021.1 Streams Propagation Process : Ora 12154 After Reboot with Transparent Application Failover TAF configuredDocument 359971.1 STREAMS propagation to Primary of physical Standby configuation errors with Ora-01033, Ora-02068Document 1101616.1 DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.DROP_PROPAGATION FAILS WITH ORA-1747 7. Performance Issues A propagation may seem to be slow if the queries from Sections 3.1 and 6.3 show that the message statistics are not changing quickly. In Oracle Streams, this more usually is due to a slow apply process at the target rather than a slow propagation. Propagation could be inferred to be slow if the message statistics are changing, and the state of a capture process according to V$STREAMS_CAPTURE.STATE is PAUSED FOR FLOW CONTROL, but an ORA-25307 'Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow control' warning is NOT observed in DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES per Section 6.5.2. If this is the case, see the following notes / white papers for suggestions to increase performance:Document 335516.1 Master Note for Streams Performance RecommendationsDocument 730036.1 Overview for Troubleshooting Streams Performance IssuesDocument 780733.1 Streams Propagation Tuning with Network ParametersWhite Paper: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/database/features/availability/maa-wp-10gr2-streams-performance-130059.pdfWhite Paper: Oracle Streams Configuration Best Practices: Oracle Database 10g Release 10.2, http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/database/features/availability/maa-10gr2-streams-configuration-132039.pdf, See APPENDIX A: USING STREAMS CONFIGURATIONS OVER A NETWORKFor basic AQ propagation, the network tuning in the aforementioned Appendix A of the white paper 'Oracle Streams Configuration Best Practices: Oracle Database 10g Release 10.2' is applicable. References NOTE:102330.1 - Advanced Queueing MSG_STATE Values and their InterpretationNOTE:102771.1 - Advanced Queueing Propagation using PL/SQLNOTE:1059029.1 - Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) : Capture aborts : ORA-1422 after schedule_propagationNOTE:1079577.1 - Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails With "ORA-22370: incorrect usage of method"NOTE:1083608.1 - 11g Streams and Oracle SchedulerNOTE:1087324.1 - ORA-01405 ORA-01422 reported by Adavanced Queueing Propagation schedules after RAC reconfigurationNOTE:1097115.1 - Oracle Streams Apply Reader is in 'Paused' StateNOTE:1101616.1 - DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.DROP_PROPAGATION FAILS WITH ORA-1747NOTE:1159787.1 - Troubleshooting Streams Propagation When It is Not Functioning and Attempts to Stop It HangNOTE:1165583.1 - ORA-600 [kwqpuspse0-ack] In Streams EnvironmentNOTE:118884.1 - How to unschedule a propagation schedule stuck in pending stateNOTE:1203544.1 - AQ PROPAGATION ABORTED WITH ORA-600[OCIKSIN: INVALID STATUS] ON SYS.DBMS_AQADM_SYS.AQ$_PROPAGATION_PROCEDURE AFTER UPGRADENOTE:1204080.1 - AQ Propagation Failing With ORA-25329 After Upgraded From 8i or 9i to 10g or 11g.NOTE:219416.1 - Advanced Queuing Propagation fails with ORA-22922NOTE:222992.1 - DBMS_AQADM.DISABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE Returns ORA-24082NOTE:253131.1 - Concurrent Writes May Corrupt LOB Segment When Using Auto Segment Space Management (ORA-1555)NOTE:282987.1 - Propagated Messages marked UNDELIVERABLE after Drop and Recreate Of Remote QueueNOTE:298015.1 - Kwqjswproc:Excep After Loop: Assigning To SelfNOTE:302109.1 - Streams Propagation Error: ORA-25307 Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow controlNOTE:311021.1 - Streams Propagation Process : Ora 12154 After Reboot with Transparent Application Failover TAF configuredNOTE:332792.1 - ORA-04061 error relating to SYS.DBMS_PRVTAQIP reported when setting up StatspackNOTE:333068.1 - ORA-23603: Streams Enqueue Aborted Eue To Low SGANOTE:335516.1 - Master Note for Streams Performance RecommendationsNOTE:353325.1 - ORA-24056: Internal inconsistency for QUEUE and destination NOTE:353754.1 - Streams Messaging Propagation Fails between Single and Multi-byte Charactersets when using Chararacter Length Semantics in the ADT.NOTE:359971.1 - STREAMS propagation to Primary of physical Standby configuation errors with Ora-01033, Ora-02068NOTE:363496.1 - Ora-25315 Propagating on RAC StreamsNOTE:365093.1 - ORA-07445 [kwqppay2aqe()+7360] reported on Propagation of a Transformed MessageNOTE:368237.1 - Unable to Unschedule Propagation. Streams Queue is InvalidNOTE:368912.1 - Queue to Queue Propagation Schedule encountered ORA-12514 in a RAC environmentNOTE:421237.1 - ORA-600 [KWQBMCRCPTS101] reported by a Qmon slave process after dropping a Streams PropagationNOTE:436332.1 - dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation hangsNOTE:437838.1 - Streams Specific PatchesNOTE:460471.1 - Propagation Blocked by Qmon Process - Streams_queue_table / 'library cache lock' waitsNOTE:463820.1 - Streams Combined Capture and Apply in 11gNOTE:553017.1 - Stream Propagation Process Errors Ora-4052 Ora-6554 From 11g To 10201NOTE:556309.1 - Changing Propagation/ queue_to_queue : false -> true does does not work; no LCRs propagatedNOTE:564649.1 - ORA-02068/ORA-03114/ORA-03113 Errors From Streams Propagation Process - Remote Database is Available and Unschedule/Reschedule Does Not ResolveNOTE:566622.1 - ORA-22275 when propagating >4K AQ$_JMS_TEXT_MESSAGEs from 9.2.0.8 to 10.2.0.1NOTE:727389.1 - Propagation Fails With ORA-12528NOTE:730036.1 - Overview for Troubleshooting Streams Performance IssuesNOTE:730911.1 - ORA-4063 Is Reported After Dropping Negative Prop.RulesetNOTE:731292.1 - ORA-25215 Reported On Local Propagation When Using Transformation with ANYDATA queue tablesNOTE:731539.1 - ORA-29268: HTTP client error 401 Unauthorized Error when the AQ Servlet attempts to Propagate a message via HTTPNOTE:745601.1 - ORA-23603 'STREAMS enqueue aborted due to low SGA' Error from Streams Propagation, and V$STREAMS_CAPTURE.STATE Hanging on 'Enqueuing Message'NOTE:749181.1 - How to Recover Streams After Dropping PropagationNOTE:780733.1 - Streams Propagation Tuning with Network ParametersNOTE:787367.1 - ORA-22275 reported on Propagating Messages with LOB component when propagating between 10.1 and 10.2NOTE:808136.1 - How to clear the old errors from DBA_PROPAGATION view ?NOTE:827184.1 - AQ Propagation with CLOB data types Fails with ORA-22990NOTE:827473.1 - How to alter propagation from queue_to_queue to queue_to_dblinkNOTE:839568.1 - Propagation failing with error: ORA-01536: space quota exceeded for tablespace ''NOTE:846297.1 - AQ Propagation Fails : ORA-00600[kope2upic2954] or Ora-00600[Kghsstream_copyn]NOTE:944846.1 - Streams Propagation Fails Ora-7445 [kohrsmc]

Read the article

Pure Server-Side Filtering with RadGridView and WCF RIA Services

Those of you who are familiar with WCF RIA Services know that the DomainDataSource control provides a FilterDescriptors collection that enables you to filter data returned by the query on the server. We have been using this DomainDataSource feature in our RIA Services with DomainDataSource online example for almost an year now. In the example, we are listening for RadGridViews Filtering event in order to intercept any filtering that is performed on the client and translate it to something that the DomainDataSource will understand, in this case a System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor being added or removed from its FilterDescriptors collection. Think of RadGridView.FilterDescriptors as client-side filtering and of DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors as server-side filtering. We no longer need the client-side one. With the introduction of the Custom Filtering Controls feature many new possibilities have opened. With these custom controls we no longer need to do any filtering on the client. I have prepared a very small project that demonstrates how to filter solely on the server by using a custom filtering control. As I have already mentioned filtering on the server is done through the FilterDescriptors collection of the DomainDataSource control. This collection holds instances of type System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor. The FilterDescriptor has three important properties: PropertyPath: Specifies the name of the property that we want to filter on (the left operand). Operator: Specifies the type of comparison to use when filtering. An instance of FilterOperator Enumeration. Value: The value to compare with (the right operand). An instance of the Parameter Class. By adding filters, you can specify that only entities which meet the condition in the filter are loaded from the domain context. In case you are not familiar with these concepts you might find Brad Abrams blog interesting. Now, our requirements are to create some kind of UI that will manipulate the DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors collection. When it comes to collections, my first choice of course would be RadGridView. If you are not familiar with the Custom Filtering Controls concept I would strongly recommend getting acquainted with my step-by-step tutorial Custom Filtering with RadGridView for Silverlight and checking the online example out. I have created a simple custom filtering control that contains a RadGridView and several buttons. This control is aware of the DomainDataSource instance, since it is operating on its FilterDescriptors collection. In fact, the RadGridView that is inside it is bound to this collection. In order to display filters that are relevant for the current column only, I have applied a filter to the grid. This filter is a Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor and is used to filter the little grid inside the custom control. It should not be confused with the DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors collection that RadGridView is actually bound to. These are the RIA filters. Additionally, I have added several other features. For example, if you have specified a DataFormatString on your original column, the Value column inside the custom control will pick it up and format the filter values accordingly. Also, I have transferred the data type of the column that you are filtering to the Value column of the custom control. This will help the little RadGridView determine what kind of editor to show up when you begin edit, for example a date picker for DateTime columns. Finally, I have added four buttons two of them can be used to add or remove filters and the other two will communicate the changes you have made to the server. Here is the full source code of the DomainDataSourceFilteringControl. The XAML: <UserControl x:Class="PureServerSideFiltering.DomainDataSourceFilteringControl" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation" xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml" xmlns:telerikGrid="clr-namespace:Telerik.Windows.Controls;assembly=Telerik.Windows.Controls.GridView" xmlns:telerik="clr-namespace:Telerik.Windows.Controls;assembly=Telerik.Windows.Controls" Width="300"> <Border x:Name="LayoutRoot" BorderThickness="1" BorderBrush="#FF8A929E" Padding="5" Background="#FFDFE2E5"> <Grid> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/> <RowDefinition Height="150"/> <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <StackPanel Grid.Row="0" Margin="2" Orientation="Horizontal" HorizontalAlignment="Center"> <telerik:RadButton Name="addFilterButton" Click="OnAddFilterButtonClick" Content="Add Filter" Margin="2" Width="96"/> <telerik:RadButton Name="removeFilterButton" Click="OnRemoveFilterButtonClick" Content="Remove Filter" Margin="2" Width="96"/> </StackPanel> <telerikGrid:RadGridView Name="filtersGrid" Grid.Row="1" Margin="2" ItemsSource="{Binding FilterDescriptors}" AddingNewDataItem="OnFilterGridAddingNewDataItem" ColumnWidth="*" ShowGroupPanel="False" AutoGenerateColumns="False" CanUserResizeColumns="False" CanUserReorderColumns="False" CanUserFreezeColumns="False" RowIndicatorVisibility="Collapsed" IsFilteringAllowed="False" CanUserSortColumns="False"> <telerikGrid:RadGridView.Columns> <telerikGrid:GridViewComboBoxColumn DataMemberBinding="{Binding Operator}" UniqueName="Operator"/> <telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Value" DataMemberBinding="{Binding Value.Value}" UniqueName="Value"/> </telerikGrid:RadGridView.Columns> </telerikGrid:RadGridView> <StackPanel Grid.Row="2" Margin="2" Orientation="Horizontal" HorizontalAlignment="Center"> <telerik:RadButton Name="filterButton" Click="OnApplyFiltersButtonClick" Content="Apply Filters" Margin="2" Width="96"/> <telerik:RadButton Name="clearButton" Click="OnClearFiltersButtonClick" Content="Clear Filters" Margin="2" Width="96"/> </StackPanel> </Grid> </Border> </UserControl> And the code-behind: using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Net; using System.Windows; using System.Windows.Controls; using System.Windows.Documents; using System.Windows.Input; using System.Windows.Media; using System.Windows.Media.Animation; using System.Windows.Shapes; using Telerik.Windows.Controls.GridView; using System.Windows.Data; using Telerik.Windows.Controls; using Telerik.Windows.Data; namespace PureServerSideFiltering { /// <summary> /// A custom filtering control capable of filtering purely server-side. /// </summary> public partial class DomainDataSourceFilteringControl : UserControl, IFilteringControl { // The main player here. DomainDataSource domainDataSource; // This is the name of the property that this column displays. private string dataMemberName; // This is the type of the property that this column displays. private Type dataMemberType; /// <summary> /// Identifies the <see cref="IsActive"/> dependency property. /// </summary> /// <remarks> /// The state of the filtering funnel (i.e. full or empty) is bound to this property. /// </remarks> public static readonly DependencyProperty IsActiveProperty = DependencyProperty.Register( "IsActive", typeof(bool), typeof(DomainDataSourceFilteringControl), new PropertyMetadata(false)); /// <summary> /// Gets or sets a value indicating whether the filtering is active. /// </summary> /// <remarks> /// Set this to true if you want to lit-up the filtering funnel. /// </remarks> public bool IsActive { get { return (bool)GetValue(IsActiveProperty); } set { SetValue(IsActiveProperty, value); } } /// <summary> /// Gets or sets the domain data source. /// We need this in order to work on its FilterDescriptors collection. /// </summary> /// <value>The domain data source.</value> public DomainDataSource DomainDataSource { get { return this.domainDataSource; } set { this.domainDataSource = value; } } public System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptorCollection FilterDescriptors { get { return this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors; } } public DomainDataSourceFilteringControl() { InitializeComponent(); } public void Prepare(GridViewBoundColumnBase column) { this.LayoutRoot.DataContext = this; if (this.DomainDataSource == null) { // Sorry, but we need a DomainDataSource. Can't do anything without it. return; } // This is the name of the property that this column displays. this.dataMemberName = column.GetDataMemberName(); // This is the type of the property that this column displays. // We need this in order to see which FilterOperators to feed to the combo-box column. this.dataMemberType = column.DataType; // We will use our magic Type extension method to see which operators are applicable for // this data type. You can go to the extension method body and see what it does. ((GridViewComboBoxColumn)this.filtersGrid.Columns["Operator"]).ItemsSource = this.dataMemberType.ApplicableFilterOperators(); // This is very nice as well. We will tell the Value column its data type. In this way // RadGridView will pick up the best editor according to the data type. For example, // if the data type of the value is DateTime, you will be editing it with a DatePicker. // Nice! ((GridViewDataColumn)this.filtersGrid.Columns["Value"]).DataType = this.dataMemberType; // Yet another nice feature. We will transfer the original DataFormatString (if any) to // the Value column. In this way if you have specified a DataFormatString for the original // column, you will see all filter values formatted accordingly. ((GridViewDataColumn)this.filtersGrid.Columns["Value"]).DataFormatString = column.DataFormatString; // This is important. Since our little filtersGrid will be bound to the entire collection // of this.domainDataSource.FilterDescriptors, we need to set a Telerik filter on the // grid so that it will display FilterDescriptor which are relevane to this column ONLY! Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor columnFilter = new Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("PropertyPath" , Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.IsEqualTo , this.dataMemberName); this.filtersGrid.FilterDescriptors.Add(columnFilter); // We want to listen for this in order to activate and de-activate the UI funnel. this.filtersGrid.Items.CollectionChanged += this.OnFilterGridItemsCollectionChanged; } /// <summary> // Since the DomainDataSource is a little bit picky about adding uninitialized FilterDescriptors // to its collection, we will prepare each new instance with some default values and then // the user can change them later. Go to the event handler to see how we do this. /// </summary> void OnFilterGridAddingNewDataItem(object sender, GridViewAddingNewEventArgs e) { // We need to initialize the new instance with some values and let the user go on from here. System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor newFilter = new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor(); // This is a must. It should know what member it is filtering on. newFilter.PropertyPath = this.dataMemberName; // Initialize it with one of the allowed operators. // TypeExtensions.ApplicableFilterOperators method for more info. newFilter.Operator = this.dataMemberType.ApplicableFilterOperators().First(); if (this.dataMemberType == typeof(DateTime)) { newFilter.Value.Value = DateTime.Now; } else if (this.dataMemberType == typeof(string)) { newFilter.Value.Value = "<enter text>"; } else if (this.dataMemberType.IsValueType) { // We need something non-null for all value types. newFilter.Value.Value = Activator.CreateInstance(this.dataMemberType); } // Let the user edit the new filter any way he/she likes. e.NewObject = newFilter; } void OnFilterGridItemsCollectionChanged(object sender, System.Collections.Specialized.NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs e) { // We are active only if we have any filters define. In this case the filtering funnel will lit-up. this.IsActive = this.filtersGrid.Items.Count > 0; } private void OnApplyFiltersButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) { if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData) { return; } // Comment this if you want the popup to stay open after the button is clicked. this.ClosePopup(); // Since this.domainDataSource.AutoLoad is false, this will take into // account all filtering changes that the user has made since the last // Load() and pull the new data to the client. this.DomainDataSource.Load(); } private void OnClearFiltersButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) { if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData) { return; } // We want to remove ONLY those filters from the DomainDataSource // that this control is responsible for. this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors .Where(fd => fd.PropertyPath == this.dataMemberName) // Only "our" filters. .ToList() .ForEach(fd => this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Remove(fd)); // Bye-bye! // Comment this if you want the popup to stay open after the button is clicked. this.ClosePopup(); // After we did our housekeeping, get the new data to the client. this.DomainDataSource.Load(); } private void OnAddFilterButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) { if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData) { return; } // Let the user enter his/or her requirements for a new filter. this.filtersGrid.BeginInsert(); this.filtersGrid.UpdateLayout(); } private void OnRemoveFilterButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) { if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData) { return; } // Find the currently selected filter and destroy it. System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor filterToRemove = this.filtersGrid.SelectedItem as System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor; if (filterToRemove != null && this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Contains(filterToRemove)) { this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Remove(filterToRemove); } } private void ClosePopup() { System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.Popup popup = this.ParentOfType<System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.Popup>(); if (popup != null) { popup.IsOpen = false; } } } } Finally, we need to tell RadGridViews Columns to use this custom control instead of the default one. Here is how to do it: using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Net; using System.Windows; using System.Windows.Controls; using System.Windows.Documents; using System.Windows.Input; using System.Windows.Media; using System.Windows.Media.Animation; using System.Windows.Shapes; using System.Windows.Data; using Telerik.Windows.Data; using Telerik.Windows.Controls; using Telerik.Windows.Controls.GridView; namespace PureServerSideFiltering { public partial class MainPage : UserControl { public MainPage() { InitializeComponent(); this.grid.AutoGeneratingColumn += this.OnGridAutoGeneratingColumn; // Uncomment this if you want the DomainDataSource to start pre-filtered. // You will notice how our custom filtering controls will correctly read this information, // populate their UI with the respective filters and lit-up the funnel to indicate that // filtering is active. Go ahead and try it. this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Add(new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("Title", System.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.Contains, "Assistant")); this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Add(new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("HireDate", System.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.IsGreaterThan, new DateTime(1998, 12, 31))); this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Add(new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("HireDate", System.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.IsLessThanOrEqualTo, new DateTime(1999, 12, 31))); this.employeesDataSource.Load(); } /// <summary> /// First of all, we will need to replace the default filtering control /// of each column with out custom filtering control DomainDataSourceFilteringControl /// </summary> private void OnGridAutoGeneratingColumn(object sender, GridViewAutoGeneratingColumnEventArgs e) { GridViewBoundColumnBase dataColumn = e.Column as GridViewBoundColumnBase; if (dataColumn != null) { // We do not like ugly dates. if (dataColumn.DataType == typeof(DateTime)) { dataColumn.DataFormatString = "{0:d}"; // Short date pattern. // Notice how this format will be later transferred to the Value column // of the grid that we have inside the DomainDataSourceFilteringControl. } // Replace the default filtering control with our. dataColumn.FilteringControl = new DomainDataSourceFilteringControl() { // Let the control know about the DDS, after all it will work directly on it. DomainDataSource = this.employeesDataSource }; // Finally, lit-up the filtering funnel through the IsActive dependency property // in case there are some filters on the DDS that match our column member. string dataMemberName = dataColumn.GetDataMemberName(); dataColumn.FilteringControl.IsActive = this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors .Where(fd => fd.PropertyPath == dataMemberName) .Count() > 0; } } } } The best part is that we are not only writing filters for the DomainDataSource we can read and load them. If the DomainDataSource has some pre-existing filters (like I have created in the code above), our control will read them and will populate its UI accordingly. Even the filtering funnel will light-up! Remember, the funnel is controlled by the IsActive property of our control. While this is just a basic implementation, the source code is absolutely yours and you can take it from here and extend it to match your specific business requirements. Below the main grid there is another debug grid. With its help you can monitor what filter descriptors are added and removed to the domain data source. Download Source Code. (You will have to have the AdventureWorks sample database installed on the default SQLExpress instance in order to run it.) Enjoy!Did you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

Read the article

Silverlight Recruiting Application Part 5 - Jobs Module / View

Now we starting getting into a more code-heavy portion of this series, thankfully though this means the groundwork is all set for the most part and after adding the modules we will have a complete application that can be provided with full source. The Jobs module will have two concerns- adding and maintaining jobs that can then be broadcast out to the website. How they are displayed on the site will be handled by our admin system (which will just poll from this common database), so we aren't too concerned with that, but rather with getting the information into the system and allowing the backend administration/HR users to keep things up to date. Since there is a fair bit of information that we want to display, we're going to move editing to a separate view so we can get all that information in an easy-to-use spot. With all the files created for this module, the project looks something like this: And now... on to the code. XAML for the Job Posting View All we really need for the Job Posting View is a RadGridView and a few buttons. This will let us both show off records and perform operations on the records without much hassle. That XAML is going to look something like this: 01.<Grid x:Name="LayoutRoot" 02.Background="White"> 03.<Grid.RowDefinitions> 04.<RowDefinition Height="30" /> 05.<RowDefinition /> 06.</Grid.RowDefinitions> 07.<StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal"> 08.<Button x:Name="xAddRecordButton" 09.Content="Add Job" 10.Width="120" 11.cal:Click.Command="{Binding AddRecord}" 12.telerik:StyleManager.Theme="Windows7" /> 13.<Button x:Name="xEditRecordButton" 14.Content="Edit Job" 15.Width="120" 16.cal:Click.Command="{Binding EditRecord}" 17.telerik:StyleManager.Theme="Windows7" /> 18.</StackPanel> 19.<telerikGrid:RadGridView x:Name="xJobsGrid" 20.Grid.Row="1" 21.IsReadOnly="True" 22.AutoGenerateColumns="False" 23.ColumnWidth="*" 24.RowDetailsVisibilityMode="VisibleWhenSelected" 25.ItemsSource="{Binding MyJobs}" 26.SelectedItem="{Binding SelectedJob, Mode=TwoWay}" 27.command:SelectedItemChangedEventClass.Command="{Binding SelectedItemChanged}"> 28.<telerikGrid:RadGridView.Columns> 29.<telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Job Title" 30.DataMemberBinding="{Binding JobTitle}" 31.UniqueName="JobTitle" /> 32.<telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Location" 33.DataMemberBinding="{Binding Location}" 34.UniqueName="Location" /> 35.<telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Resume Required" 36.DataMemberBinding="{Binding NeedsResume}" 37.UniqueName="NeedsResume" /> 38.<telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="CV Required" 39.DataMemberBinding="{Binding NeedsCV}" 40.UniqueName="NeedsCV" /> 41.<telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Overview Required" 42.DataMemberBinding="{Binding NeedsOverview}" 43.UniqueName="NeedsOverview" /> 44.<telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Active" 45.DataMemberBinding="{Binding IsActive}" 46.UniqueName="IsActive" /> 47.</telerikGrid:RadGridView.Columns> 48.</telerikGrid:RadGridView> 49.</Grid> I'll explain what's happening here by line numbers: Lines 11 and 16: Using the same type of click commands as we saw in the Menu module, we tie the button clicks to delegate commands in the viewmodel. Line 25: The source for the jobs will be a collection in the viewmodel. Line 26: We also bind the selected item to a public property from the viewmodel for use in code. Line 27: We've turned the event into a command so we can handle it via code in the viewmodel. So those first three probably make sense to you as far as Silverlight/WPF binding magic is concerned, but for line 27... This actually comes from something I read onDamien Schenkelman's blog back in the day for creating an attached behavior from any event. So, any time you see me using command:Whatever.Command, the backing for it is actually something like this: SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior.cs: 01.public class SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior : CommandBehaviorBase<Telerik.Windows.Controls.DataControl> 02.{ 03.public SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior(DataControl element) 04.: base(element) 05.{ 06.element.SelectionChanged += new EventHandler<SelectionChangeEventArgs>(element_SelectionChanged); 07.} 08.void element_SelectionChanged(object sender, SelectionChangeEventArgs e) 09.{ 10.// We'll only ever allow single selection, so will only need item index 0 11.base.CommandParameter = e.AddedItems[0]; 12.base.ExecuteCommand(); 13.} 14.} SelectedItemChangedEventClass.cs: 01.public class SelectedItemChangedEventClass 02.{ 03.#region The Command Stuff 04.public static ICommand GetCommand(DependencyObject obj) 05.{ 06.return (ICommand)obj.GetValue(CommandProperty); 07.} 08.public static void SetCommand(DependencyObject obj, ICommand value) 09.{ 10.obj.SetValue(CommandProperty, value); 11.} 12.public static readonly DependencyProperty CommandProperty = 13.DependencyProperty.RegisterAttached("Command", typeof(ICommand), 14.typeof(SelectedItemChangedEventClass), new PropertyMetadata(OnSetCommandCallback)); 15.public static void OnSetCommandCallback(DependencyObject dependencyObject, DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs e) 16.{ 17.DataControl element = dependencyObject as DataControl; 18.if (element != null) 19.{ 20.SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior behavior = GetOrCreateBehavior(element); 21.behavior.Command = e.NewValue as ICommand; 22.} 23.} 24.#endregion 25.public static SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior GetOrCreateBehavior(DataControl element) 26.{ 27.SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior behavior = element.GetValue(SelectedItemChangedEventBehaviorProperty) as SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior; 28.if (behavior == null) 29.{ 30.behavior = new SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior(element); 31.element.SetValue(SelectedItemChangedEventBehaviorProperty, behavior); 32.} 33.return behavior; 34.} 35.public static SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior GetSelectedItemChangedEventBehavior(DependencyObject obj) 36.{ 37.return (SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior)obj.GetValue(SelectedItemChangedEventBehaviorProperty); 38.} 39.public static void SetSelectedItemChangedEventBehavior(DependencyObject obj, SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior value) 40.{ 41.obj.SetValue(SelectedItemChangedEventBehaviorProperty, value); 42.} 43.public static readonly DependencyProperty SelectedItemChangedEventBehaviorProperty = 44.DependencyProperty.RegisterAttached("SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior", 45.typeof(SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior), typeof(SelectedItemChangedEventClass), null); 46.} These end up looking very similar from command to command, but in a nutshell you create a command based on any event, determine what the parameter for it will be, then execute. It attaches via XAML and ties to a DelegateCommand in the viewmodel, so you get the full event experience (since some controls get a bit event-rich for added functionality). Simple enough, right? Viewmodel for the Job Posting View The Viewmodel is going to need to handle all events going back and forth, maintaining interactions with the data we are using, and both publishing and subscribing to events. Rather than breaking this into tons of little pieces, I'll give you a nice view of the entire viewmodel and then hit up the important points line-by-line: 001.public class JobPostingViewModel : ViewModelBase 002.{ 003.private readonly IEventAggregator eventAggregator; 004.private readonly IRegionManager regionManager; 005.public DelegateCommand<object> AddRecord { get; set; } 006.public DelegateCommand<object> EditRecord { get; set; } 007.public DelegateCommand<object> SelectedItemChanged { get; set; } 008.public RecruitingContext context; 009.private QueryableCollectionView _myJobs; 010.public QueryableCollectionView MyJobs 011.{ 012.get { return _myJobs; } 013.} 014.private QueryableCollectionView _selectionJobActionHistory; 015.public QueryableCollectionView SelectedJobActionHistory 016.{ 017.get { return _selectionJobActionHistory; } 018.} 019.private JobPosting _selectedJob; 020.public JobPosting SelectedJob 021.{ 022.get { return _selectedJob; } 023.set 024.{ 025.if (value != _selectedJob) 026.{ 027._selectedJob = value; 028.NotifyChanged("SelectedJob"); 029.} 030.} 031.} 032.public SubscriptionToken editToken = new SubscriptionToken(); 033.public SubscriptionToken addToken = new SubscriptionToken(); 034.public JobPostingViewModel(IEventAggregator eventAgg, IRegionManager regionmanager) 035.{ 036.// set Unity items 037.this.eventAggregator = eventAgg; 038.this.regionManager = regionmanager; 039.// load our context 040.context = new RecruitingContext(); 041.this._myJobs = new QueryableCollectionView(context.JobPostings); 042.context.Load(context.GetJobPostingsQuery()); 043.// set command events 044.this.AddRecord = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.AddNewRecord); 045.this.EditRecord = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.EditExistingRecord); 046.this.SelectedItemChanged = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.SelectedRecordChanged); 047.SetSubscriptions(); 048.} 049.#region DelegateCommands from View 050.public void AddNewRecord(object obj) 051.{ 052.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddJobEvent>().Publish(true); 053.} 054.public void EditExistingRecord(object obj) 055.{ 056.if (_selectedJob == null) 057.{ 058.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<NotifyUserEvent>().Publish("No job selected."); 059.} 060.else 061.{ 062.this._myJobs.EditItem(this._selectedJob); 063.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<EditJobEvent>().Publish(this._selectedJob); 064.} 065.} 066.public void SelectedRecordChanged(object obj) 067.{ 068.if (obj.GetType() == typeof(ActionHistory)) 069.{ 070.// event bubbles up so we don't catch items from the ActionHistory grid 071.} 072.else 073.{ 074.JobPosting job = obj as JobPosting; 075.GrabHistory(job.PostingID); 076.} 077.} 078.#endregion 079.#region Subscription Declaration and Events 080.public void SetSubscriptions() 081.{ 082.EditJobCompleteEvent editComplete = eventAggregator.GetEvent<EditJobCompleteEvent>(); 083.if (editToken != null) 084.editComplete.Unsubscribe(editToken); 085.editToken = editComplete.Subscribe(this.EditCompleteEventHandler); 086.AddJobCompleteEvent addComplete = eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddJobCompleteEvent>(); 087.if (addToken != null) 088.addComplete.Unsubscribe(addToken); 089.addToken = addComplete.Subscribe(this.AddCompleteEventHandler); 090.} 091.public void EditCompleteEventHandler(bool complete) 092.{ 093.if (complete) 094.{ 095.JobPosting thisJob = _myJobs.CurrentEditItem as JobPosting; 096.this._myJobs.CommitEdit(); 097.this.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 098.{ 099.ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 100.myAction.PostingID = thisJob.PostingID; 101.myAction.Description = String.Format("Job '{0}' has been edited by {1}", thisJob.JobTitle, "default user"); 102.myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 103.eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddActionEvent>().Publish(myAction); 104.} 105., null); 106.} 107.else 108.{ 109.this._myJobs.CancelEdit(); 110.} 111.this.MakeMeActive(this.regionManager, "MainRegion", "JobPostingsView"); 112.} 113.public void AddCompleteEventHandler(JobPosting job) 114.{ 115.if (job == null) 116.{ 117.// do nothing, new job add cancelled 118.} 119.else 120.{ 121.this.context.JobPostings.Add(job); 122.this.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 123.{ 124.ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 125.myAction.PostingID = job.PostingID; 126.myAction.Description = String.Format("Job '{0}' has been added by {1}", job.JobTitle, "default user"); 127.myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 128.eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddActionEvent>().Publish(myAction); 129.} 130., null); 131.} 132.this.MakeMeActive(this.regionManager, "MainRegion", "JobPostingsView"); 133.} 134.#endregion 135.public void GrabHistory(int postID) 136.{ 137.context.ActionHistories.Clear(); 138._selectionJobActionHistory = new QueryableCollectionView(context.ActionHistories); 139.context.Load(context.GetHistoryForJobQuery(postID)); 140.} Taking it from the top, we're injecting an Event Aggregator and Region Manager for use down the road and also have the public DelegateCommands (just like in the Menu module). We also grab a reference to our context, which we'll obviously need for data, then set up a few fields with public properties tied to them. We're also setting subscription tokens, which we have not yet seen but I will get into below. The AddNewRecord (50) and EditExistingRecord (54) methods should speak for themselves for functionality, the one thing of note is we're sending events off to the Event Aggregator which some module, somewhere will take care of. Since these aren't entirely relying on one another, the Jobs View doesn't care if anyone is listening, but it will publish AddJobEvent (52), NotifyUserEvent (58) and EditJobEvent (63)regardless. Don't mind the GrabHistory() method so much, that is just grabbing history items (visibly being created in the SubmitChanges callbacks), and adding them to the database. Every action will trigger a history event, so we'll know who modified what and when, just in case. ;) So where are we at? Well, if we click to Add a job, we publish an event, if we edit a job, we publish an event with the selected record (attained through the magic of binding). Where is this all going though? To the Viewmodel, of course! XAML for the AddEditJobView This is pretty straightforward except for one thing, noted below: 001.<Grid x:Name="LayoutRoot" 002.Background="White"> 003.<Grid x:Name="xEditGrid" 004.Margin="10" 005.validationHelper:ValidationScope.Errors="{Binding Errors}"> 006.<Grid.Background> 007.<LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" 008.StartPoint="0.5,0"> 009.<GradientStop Color="#FFC7C7C7" 010.Offset="0" /> 011.<GradientStop Color="#FFF6F3F3" 012.Offset="1" /> 013.</LinearGradientBrush> 014.</Grid.Background> 015.<Grid.RowDefinitions> 016.<RowDefinition Height="40" /> 017.<RowDefinition Height="40" /> 018.<RowDefinition Height="40" /> 019.<RowDefinition Height="100" /> 020.<RowDefinition Height="100" /> 021.<RowDefinition Height="100" /> 022.<RowDefinition Height="40" /> 023.<RowDefinition Height="40" /> 024.<RowDefinition Height="40" /> 025.</Grid.RowDefinitions> 026.<Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 027.<ColumnDefinition Width="150" /> 028.<ColumnDefinition Width="150" /> 029.<ColumnDefinition Width="300" /> 030.<ColumnDefinition Width="100" /> 031.</Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 032. 033.<TextBlock Margin="8" 034.Text="{Binding AddEditString}" 035.TextWrapping="Wrap" 036.Grid.Column="1" 037.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 038.FontSize="16" /> 039. 040. 041.<TextBlock Margin="8,0,0,0" 042.Style="{StaticResource LabelTxb}" 043.Grid.Row="1" 044.Text="Job Title" 045.VerticalAlignment="Center" /> 046.<TextBox x:Name="xJobTitleTB" 047.Margin="0,8" 048.Grid.Column="1" 049.Grid.Row="1" 050.Text="{Binding activeJob.JobTitle, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}" 051.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" /> 052.<TextBlock Margin="8,0,0,0" 053.Grid.Row="2" 054.Text="Location" 055.d:LayoutOverrides="Height" 056.VerticalAlignment="Center" /> 057.<TextBox x:Name="xLocationTB" 058.Margin="0,8" 059.Grid.Column="1" 060.Grid.Row="2" 061.Text="{Binding activeJob.Location, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}" 062.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" /> 063. 064.<TextBlock Margin="8,11,8,0" 065.Grid.Row="3" 066.Text="Description" 067.TextWrapping="Wrap" 068.VerticalAlignment="Top" /> 069. 070.<TextBox x:Name="xDescriptionTB" 071.Height="84" 072.TextWrapping="Wrap" 073.ScrollViewer.VerticalScrollBarVisibility="Auto" 074.Grid.Column="1" 075.Grid.Row="3" 076.Text="{Binding activeJob.Description, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}" 077.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" /> 078.<TextBlock Margin="8,11,8,0" 079.Grid.Row="4" 080.Text="Requirements" 081.TextWrapping="Wrap" 082.VerticalAlignment="Top" /> 083. 084.<TextBox x:Name="xRequirementsTB" 085.Height="84" 086.TextWrapping="Wrap" 087.ScrollViewer.VerticalScrollBarVisibility="Auto" 088.Grid.Column="1" 089.Grid.Row="4" 090.Text="{Binding activeJob.Requirements, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}" 091.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" /> 092.<TextBlock Margin="8,11,8,0" 093.Grid.Row="5" 094.Text="Qualifications" 095.TextWrapping="Wrap" 096.VerticalAlignment="Top" /> 097. 098.<TextBox x:Name="xQualificationsTB" 099.Height="84" 100.TextWrapping="Wrap" 101.ScrollViewer.VerticalScrollBarVisibility="Auto" 102.Grid.Column="1" 103.Grid.Row="5" 104.Text="{Binding activeJob.Qualifications, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}" 105.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" /> 106. 107. 108.<CheckBox x:Name="xResumeRequiredCB" Margin="8,8,8,15" 109.Content="Resume Required" 110.Grid.Row="6" 111.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 112.IsChecked="{Binding activeJob.NeedsResume, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}"/> 113. 114.<CheckBox x:Name="xCoverletterRequiredCB" Margin="8,8,8,15" 115.Content="Cover Letter Required" 116.Grid.Column="2" 117.Grid.Row="6" 118.IsChecked="{Binding activeJob.NeedsCV, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}"/> 119. 120.<CheckBox x:Name="xOverviewRequiredCB" Margin="8,8,8,15" 121.Content="Overview Required" 122.Grid.Row="7" 123.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 124.IsChecked="{Binding activeJob.NeedsOverview, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}"/> 125. 126.<CheckBox x:Name="xJobActiveCB" Margin="8,8,8,15" 127.Content="Job is Active" 128.Grid.Column="2" 129.Grid.Row="7" 130.IsChecked="{Binding activeJob.IsActive, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}"/> 131. 132. 133. 134.<Button x:Name="xAddEditButton" Margin="8,8,0,10" 135.Content="{Binding AddEditButtonString}" 136.cal:Click.Command="{Binding AddEditCommand}" 137.Grid.Column="2" 138.Grid.Row="8" 139.HorizontalAlignment="Left" 140.Width="125" 141.telerik:StyleManager.Theme="Windows7" /> 142. 143.<Button x:Name="xCancelButton" HorizontalAlignment="Right" 144.Content="Cancel" 145.cal:Click.Command="{Binding CancelCommand}" 146.Margin="0,8,8,10" 147.Width="125" 148.Grid.Column="2" 149.Grid.Row="8" 150.telerik:StyleManager.Theme="Windows7" /> 151.</Grid> 152.</Grid> The 'validationHelper:ValidationScope' line may seem odd. This is a handy little trick for catching current and would-be validation errors when working in this whole setup. This all comes from an approach found on theJoy Of Code blog, although it looks like the story for this will be changing slightly with new advances in SL4/WCF RIA Services, so this section can definitely get an overhaul a little down the road. The code is the fun part of all this, so let us see what's happening under the hood. Viewmodel for the AddEditJobView We are going to see some of the same things happening here, so I'll skip over the repeat info and get right to the good stuff: 001.public class AddEditJobViewModel : ViewModelBase 002.{ 003.private readonly IEventAggregator eventAggregator; 004.private readonly IRegionManager regionManager; 005. 006.public RecruitingContext context; 007. 008.private JobPosting _activeJob; 009.public JobPosting activeJob 010.{ 011.get { return _activeJob; } 012.set 013.{ 014.if (_activeJob != value) 015.{ 016._activeJob = value; 017.NotifyChanged("activeJob"); 018.} 019.} 020.} 021. 022.public bool isNewJob; 023. 024.private string _addEditString; 025.public string AddEditString 026.{ 027.get { return _addEditString; } 028.set 029.{ 030.if (_addEditString != value) 031.{ 032._addEditString = value; 033.NotifyChanged("AddEditString"); 034.} 035.} 036.} 037. 038.private string _addEditButtonString; 039.public string AddEditButtonString 040.{ 041.get { return _addEditButtonString; } 042.set 043.{ 044.if (_addEditButtonString != value) 045.{ 046._addEditButtonString = value; 047.NotifyChanged("AddEditButtonString"); 048.} 049.} 050.} 051. 052.public SubscriptionToken addJobToken = new SubscriptionToken(); 053.public SubscriptionToken editJobToken = new SubscriptionToken(); 054. 055.public DelegateCommand<object> AddEditCommand { get; set; } 056.public DelegateCommand<object> CancelCommand { get; set; } 057. 058.private ObservableCollection<ValidationError> _errors = new ObservableCollection<ValidationError>(); 059.public ObservableCollection<ValidationError> Errors 060.{ 061.get { return _errors; } 062.} 063. 064.private ObservableCollection<ValidationResult> _valResults = new ObservableCollection<ValidationResult>(); 065.public ObservableCollection<ValidationResult> ValResults 066.{ 067.get { return this._valResults; } 068.} 069. 070.public AddEditJobViewModel(IEventAggregator eventAgg, IRegionManager regionmanager) 071.{ 072.// set Unity items 073.this.eventAggregator = eventAgg; 074.this.regionManager = regionmanager; 075. 076.context = new RecruitingContext(); 077. 078.AddEditCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.AddEditJobCommand); 079.CancelCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.CancelAddEditCommand); 080. 081.SetSubscriptions(); 082.} 083. 084.#region Subscription Declaration and Events 085. 086.public void SetSubscriptions() 087.{ 088.AddJobEvent addJob = this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddJobEvent>(); 089. 090.if (addJobToken != null) 091.addJob.Unsubscribe(addJobToken); 092. 093.addJobToken = addJob.Subscribe(this.AddJobEventHandler); 094. 095.EditJobEvent editJob = this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<EditJobEvent>(); 096. 097.if (editJobToken != null) 098.editJob.Unsubscribe(editJobToken); 099. 100.editJobToken = editJob.Subscribe(this.EditJobEventHandler); 101.} 102. 103.public void AddJobEventHandler(bool isNew) 104.{ 105.this.activeJob = null; 106.this.activeJob = new JobPosting(); 107.this.activeJob.IsActive = true; // We assume that we want a new job to go up immediately 108.this.isNewJob = true; 109.this.AddEditString = "Add New Job Posting"; 110.this.AddEditButtonString = "Add Job"; 111. 112.MakeMeActive(this.regionManager, "MainRegion", "AddEditJobView"); 113.} 114. 115.public void EditJobEventHandler(JobPosting editJob) 116.{ 117.this.activeJob = null; 118.this.activeJob = editJob; 119.this.isNewJob = false; 120.this.AddEditString = "Edit Job Posting"; 121.this.AddEditButtonString = "Edit Job"; 122. 123.MakeMeActive(this.regionManager, "MainRegion", "AddEditJobView"); 124.} 125. 126.#endregion 127. 128.#region DelegateCommands from View 129. 130.public void AddEditJobCommand(object obj) 131.{ 132.if (this.Errors.Count > 0) 133.{ 134.List<string> errorMessages = new List<string>(); 135. 136.foreach (var valR in this.Errors) 137.{ 138.errorMessages.Add(valR.Exception.Message); 139.} 140. 141.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<DisplayValidationErrorsEvent>().Publish(errorMessages); 142. 143.} 144.else if (!Validator.TryValidateObject(this.activeJob, new ValidationContext(this.activeJob, null, null), _valResults, true)) 145.{ 146.List<string> errorMessages = new List<string>(); 147. 148.foreach (var valR in this._valResults) 149.{ 150.errorMessages.Add(valR.ErrorMessage); 151.} 152. 153.this._valResults.Clear(); 154. 155.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<DisplayValidationErrorsEvent>().Publish(errorMessages); 156.} 157.else 158.{ 159.if (this.isNewJob) 160.{ 161.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddJobCompleteEvent>().Publish(this.activeJob); 162.} 163.else 164.{ 165.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<EditJobCompleteEvent>().Publish(true); 166.} 167.} 168.} 169. 170.public void CancelAddEditCommand(object obj) 171.{ 172.if (this.isNewJob) 173.{ 174.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddJobCompleteEvent>().Publish(null); 175.} 176.else 177.{ 178.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<EditJobCompleteEvent>().Publish(false); 179.} 180.} 181. 182.#endregion 183.} 184.} We start seeing something new on line 103- the AddJobEventHandler will create a new job and set that to the activeJob item on the ViewModel. When this is all set, the view calls that familiar MakeMeActive method to activate itself. I made a bit of a management call on making views self-activate like this, but I figured it works for one reason. As I create this application, views may not exist that I have in mind, so after a view receives its 'ping' from being subscribed to an event, it prepares whatever it needs to do and then goes active. This way if I don't have 'edit' hooked up, I can click as the day is long on the main view and won't get lost in an empty region. Total personal preference here. :) Everything else should again be pretty straightforward, although I do a bit of validation checking in the AddEditJobCommand, which can either fire off an event back to the main view/viewmodel if everything is a success or sent a list of errors to our notification module, which pops open a RadWindow with the alerts if any exist. As a bonus side note, here's what my WCF RIA Services metadata looks like for handling all of the validation: private JobPostingMetadata() { } [StringLength(2500, ErrorMessage = "Description should be more than one and less than 2500 characters.", MinimumLength = 1)] [Required(ErrorMessage = "Description is required.")] public string Description; [Required(ErrorMessage="Active Status is Required")] public bool IsActive; [StringLength(100, ErrorMessage = "Posting title must be more than 3 but less than 100 characters.", MinimumLength = 3)] [Required(ErrorMessage = "Job Title is required.")] public bool JobTitle; [Required] public string Location; public bool NeedsCV; public bool NeedsOverview; public bool NeedsResume; public int PostingID; [Required(ErrorMessage="Qualifications are required.")] [StringLength(2500, ErrorMessage="Qualifications should be more than one and less than 2500 characters.", MinimumLength=1)] public string Qualifications; [StringLength(2500, ErrorMessage = "Requirements should be more than one and less than 2500 characters.", MinimumLength = 1)] [Required(ErrorMessage="Requirements are required.")] public string Requirements; The RecruitCB Alternative See all that Xaml I pasted above? Those are now two pieces sitting in the JobsView.xaml file now. The only real difference is that the xEditGrid now sits in the same place as xJobsGrid, with visibility swapping out between the two for a quick switch. I also took out all the cal: and command: command references and replaced Button events with clicks and the Grid selection command replaced with a SelectedItemChanged event. Also, at the bottom of the xEditGrid after the last button, I add a ValidationSummary (with Visibility=Collapsed) to catch any errors that are popping up. Simple as can be, and leads to this being the single code-behind file: 001.public partial class JobsView : UserControl 002.{ 003.public RecruitingContext context; 004.public JobPosting activeJob; 005.public bool isNew; 006.private ObservableCollection<ValidationResult> _valResults = new ObservableCollection<ValidationResult>(); 007.public ObservableCollection<ValidationResult> ValResults 008.{ 009.get { return this._valResults; } 010.} 011.public JobsView() 012.{ 013.InitializeComponent(); 014.this.Loaded += new RoutedEventHandler(JobsView_Loaded); 015.} 016.void JobsView_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 017.{ 018.context = new RecruitingContext(); 019.xJobsGrid.ItemsSource = context.JobPostings; 020.context.Load(context.GetJobPostingsQuery()); 021.} 022.private void xAddRecordButton_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 023.{ 024.activeJob = new JobPosting(); 025.isNew = true; 026.xAddEditTitle.Text = "Add a Job Posting"; 027.xAddEditButton.Content = "Add"; 028.xEditGrid.DataContext = activeJob; 029.HideJobsGrid(); 030.} 031.private void xEditRecordButton_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 032.{ 033.activeJob = xJobsGrid.SelectedItem as JobPosting; 034.isNew = false; 035.xAddEditTitle.Text = "Edit a Job Posting"; 036.xAddEditButton.Content = "Edit"; 037.xEditGrid.DataContext = activeJob; 038.HideJobsGrid(); 039.} 040.private void xAddEditButton_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 041.{ 042.if (!Validator.TryValidateObject(this.activeJob, new ValidationContext(this.activeJob, null, null), _valResults, true)) 043.{ 044.List<string> errorMessages = new List<string>(); 045.foreach (var valR in this._valResults) 046.{ 047.errorMessages.Add(valR.ErrorMessage); 048.} 049.this._valResults.Clear(); 050.ShowErrors(errorMessages); 051.} 052.else if (xSummary.Errors.Count > 0) 053.{ 054.List<string> errorMessages = new List<string>(); 055.foreach (var err in xSummary.Errors) 056.{ 057.errorMessages.Add(err.Message); 058.} 059.ShowErrors(errorMessages); 060.} 061.else 062.{ 063.if (this.isNew) 064.{ 065.context.JobPostings.Add(activeJob); 066.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 067.{ 068.ActionHistory thisAction = new ActionHistory(); 069.thisAction.PostingID = activeJob.PostingID; 070.thisAction.Description = String.Format("Job '{0}' has been edited by {1}", activeJob.JobTitle, "default user"); 071.thisAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 072.context.ActionHistories.Add(thisAction); 073.context.SubmitChanges(); 074.}, null); 075.} 076.else 077.{ 078.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 079.{ 080.ActionHistory thisAction = new ActionHistory(); 081.thisAction.PostingID = activeJob.PostingID; 082.thisAction.Description = String.Format("Job '{0}' has been added by {1}", activeJob.JobTitle, "default user"); 083.thisAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 084.context.ActionHistories.Add(thisAction); 085.context.SubmitChanges(); 086.}, null); 087.} 088.ShowJobsGrid(); 089.} 090.} 091.private void xCancelButton_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 092.{ 093.ShowJobsGrid(); 094.} 095.private void ShowJobsGrid() 096.{ 097.xAddEditRecordButtonPanel.Visibility = Visibility.Visible; 098.xEditGrid.Visibility = Visibility.Collapsed; 099.xJobsGrid.Visibility = Visibility.Visible; 100.} 101.private void HideJobsGrid() 102.{ 103.xAddEditRecordButtonPanel.Visibility = Visibility.Collapsed; 104.xJobsGrid.Visibility = Visibility.Collapsed; 105.xEditGrid.Visibility = Visibility.Visible; 106.} 107.private void ShowErrors(List<string> errorList) 108.{ 109.string nm = "Errors received: \n"; 110.foreach (string anerror in errorList) 111.nm += anerror + "\n"; 112.RadWindow.Alert(nm); 113.} 114.} The first 39 lines should be pretty familiar, not doing anything too unorthodox to get this up and running. Once we hit the xAddEditButton_Click on line 40, we're still doing pretty much the same things except instead of checking the ValidationHelper errors, we both run a check on the current activeJob object as well as check the ValidationSummary errors list. Once that is set, we again use the callback of context.SubmitChanges (lines 68 and 78) to create an ActionHistory which we will use to track these items down the line. That's all? Essentially... yes. If you look back through this post, most of the code and adventures we have taken were just to get things working in the MVVM/Prism setup. Since I have the whole 'module' self-contained in a single JobView+code-behind setup, I don't have to worry about things like sending events off into space for someone to pick up, communicating through an Infrastructure project, or even re-inventing events to be used with attached behaviors. Everything just kinda works, and again with much less code. Here's a picture of the MVVM and Code-behind versions on the Jobs and AddEdit views, but since the functionality is the same in both apps you still cannot tell them apart (for two-strike): Looking ahead, the Applicants module is effectively the same thing as the Jobs module, so most of the code is being cut-and-pasted back and forth with minor tweaks here and there. So that one is being taken care of by me behind the scenes. Next time, we get into a new world of fun- the interview scheduling module, which will pull from available jobs and applicants for each interview being scheduled, tying everything together with RadScheduler to the rescue. Did you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

Read the article

Struts 1 ActionForm - retrieving a collection from pure HTML

- by Yaneeve

Hi all I have (just like the rest) inherited some struts 1 code. I have had need to add a few more pages to this project. What I cannot figure out is how to map several distinct but similarly natured input elements to the my ActionForm. Let me elaborate. I create a new <Input> element dynamically as the user inputs more and more items (I use the YUI autocomplete form element and for each entered input I add it as an input element to my form and draw a new YUI autocomplete - complex sounding, I know) So... My form looks a bit like (... after some prettifying and some such...): <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"> <title>My Cool App - Test Case Builder</title> <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../script/yui/fonts/fonts-min.css" /> <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../skins/myCoolApp/button/button.css" /> <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../script/yui/autocomplete/assets/skins/sam/autocomplete.css" /> <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" media="screen" href="../skins/myCoolApp/testcase.css" />  <script type="text/javascript" src="../script/yui/yahoo-dom-event/yahoo-dom-event.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="../script/yui/element/element-min.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="../script/yui/button/button-min.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="../script/yui/datasource/datasource-min.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="../script/yui/autocomplete/autocomplete-min.js"></script>  <script type="text/javascript" src="../script/myCoolApp/myCoolApp.js" ></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="../script/myCoolApp/stack.js" ></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="../script/myCoolApp/testcase/testcase.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="../script/myCoolApp/testcase/default-data.js" ></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="../script/myCoolApp/testcase/data-structs.js" ></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="../script/myCoolApp/testcase/ui-elements.js" ></script> </head> <body class="cf010"> <div id="wrap"> <div id="header"> <div id="main-header"> COOL APP </div> </div> <div id="main-body"> <div id="content"> <div class="col main"> <div id="main"> <form method="post" id="testcaseForm" class="typea" action=""> <fieldset> <legend>Test Case Builder</legend> <div id="tk1" class="tabcontrol"> <ul class="tabs"> <li class="first active"> <a href="#"> <span>General</span> </a> </li> <li class="last"> <a href="#"> <span>Parameters</span> </a> </li> </ul> <div id="tab0" class="tc-panel"> <dl class="cls9"> <dt> <label for="scenario">Choose Scenario:</label> </dt> <dd> <input type="text" id="scenario" name="scenario" class="text" /> <span id="scenarioToggle"></span> <div class="auto-complete" id="scenarioContainer"></div> </dd> <dt> <label for="ruleID">Choose Rule ID:</label> </dt> <dd> <input type="text" id="ruleID" name="ruleID" class="text" /> <span id="ruleIDToggle"></span> <div class="auto-complete" id="ruleIDContainer"></div> </dd> <dt> <label for="Test Case Name" accesskey="t"><span class="accesskey">T</span>est Case Name:</label> </dt> <dd> <input type="text" id="testCaseName" name="testCaseName" class="text" /> </dd> </dl> </div> <div id="tab1" class="tc-panel hidden"> <div class="toolbar" id="action-bar"> <ul> <li class="first"> <a title="select all" href="#" id="btmSelectAll" class="button"> <span>select all</span> </a> </li> <li> <a title="remove row" href="#" id="btmRemove" class="button"> <span>remove row</span> </a> </li> <li> <a title="undo last" href="#" id="btmRollBack" class="button disabled"> <span>undo last</span> </a> </li> <li class="last"> <a title="accept row" href="#" id="btmAccept" class="button disabled"> <span>accept row</span> </a> </li> </ul> </div> <div id="param.list" class="gridclip"> <table id='param.list.tbl' class='grid modela' > <caption>Test Case Summary</caption> <col/><col/><col/> <thead> <tr> <th class='hl center first'> <input class='grid-select-all' type='checkbox' /> <th> <th scope='col'>Row</th> <th scope='col'>Parameter</th> <th scope='col' class='last'>Value</th> </tr> </thead> <tfoot> <tr> <th scope='row'>Total</th> <td colspan='3'>2 parameters as Test Case input</td> </tr> </tfoot> <tbody id='param.list.tbl.body'> <tr class='odd'> <td class='rowcheck center first'> <input value='param1###value1' id='cb1' name='SelectedRows' class='grid-select-row' type='checkbox'/> </td> <td class='id'>1</td> <td>param1</td> <td class='last'>value1</td> </tr> <tr class='even'> <td class='rowcheck center first'> <input value='param2###value2' id='cb1' name='SelectedRows' class='grid-select-row' type='checkbox'/> </td> <td class='id'>2</td> <td>param2</td> <td class='last'>value2</td> </tr> <tr class='odd'> <td class='rowcheck center first' /> <td class='id'><em>new</em></td> <td> <dl class='clsTable'> <dt> <input type='text' id='param' name='param' class='text paramInput' /> </dt> <dd> <span id='paramToggle' /> </dd> <div class='auto-complete' id='paramContainer' /> </dl> </td> <td class='last'> <dl class='clsTable'> <dt> <input type='text' id='value' name='value' class='text valueInput' /> </dt> </dl> </td> </tr> </tbody> </table> </div> </div> </div>  </fieldset> <div class="submit-box"> <input type="submit" name="formRun" id="formRun" class="form-save" value="Execute" accesskey="x" title="Run: Press Alt + [Shift] + x" /> <input type="submit" name="formSave" id="formSave" value="Save" accesskey="s" title="Save: Press Alt + [Shift] + s" /> <input type="submit" name="formLoad" id="formLoad" value="Load" accesskey="l" title="Load: Press Alt + [Shift] + l" /> <input type="submit" name="formCancel" id="formCancel" class="form-cancel" value="Cancel" accesskey="c" title="Cancel: Press Alt + [Shift] + c" /> </div> </form> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </body> </html> As you can see the following is pretty much a duplicate: <tr class='odd'> <td class='rowcheck center first'> <input value='param1###value1' id='cb1' name='SelectedRows' class='grid-select-row' type='checkbox'/> </td> <td class='id'>1</td> <td>param1</td> <td class='last'>value1</td> </tr> <tr class='even'> <td class='rowcheck center first'> <input value='param2###value2' id='cb1' name='SelectedRows' class='grid-select-row' type='checkbox'/> </td> <td class='id'>2</td> <td>param2</td> <td class='last'>value2</td> </tr> The relevant part of my stuts-config.xml file is: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <!DOCTYPE struts-config PUBLIC "-//Apache Software Foundation//DTD Struts Configuration 1.2//EN" "http://struts.apache.org/dtds/struts-config_1_2.dtd"> <struts-config> <data-sources /> <form-beans> <form-bean name="TestCaseForm" type="com.blahblah.mycoolapp.forms.TestCaseForm" /> </form-beans> <action-mappings> <action path="/pages/SaveTestCase" name="TestCaseForm" type="org.springframework.web.struts.DelegatingActionProxy" scope="request"> </action> </action-mappings> <message-resources parameter="MessageResources" /> </struts-config> I also use spring 2.56 (The relevant part being): <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-2.5.xsd"> <bean name="/pages/SaveTestCase" class="com.blahblah.mycoolapp.actions.TestCaseBuilderSaveAction" /> </beans> My Java ActionForm class (from what I had learned off the net) is: package com.blahblah.mycoolapp.forms; import java.util.ArrayList; import java.util.List; import org.apache.struts.action.ActionForm; public class TestCaseForm extends ActionForm { private static final long serialVersionUID = 2352146257739099766L; private String scenario; private String ruleID; private String testCaseName; private List<String> SelectedRows = new ArrayList<String>() ; public String getScenario() { return scenario; } public void setScenario(String scenario) { this.scenario = scenario; } public String getRuleID() { return ruleID; } public void setRuleID(String ruleID) { this.ruleID = ruleID; } public String getTestCaseName() { return testCaseName; } public void setTestCaseName(String testCaseName) { this.testCaseName = testCaseName; } public List<String> getSelectedRows() { return SelectedRows; } public void setSelectedRows(int index, String value) { this.SelectedRows.add(value); } } The question is why do I get an empty SelectedRows in my TestCaseBuilderSave Action? Thanks all who have the patience to read such a long question... and (hopefully) thanks to all you potential saviors :)

Search Results

Search found 8001 results on 321 pages for 'empty'.

Page 319/321 | < Previous Page | 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 | Next Page >

- by Sean

- by sachin

- by Daniel

- by Meursault

- by Decmac04

- by fari

- by Mahmoud

- by Sean Ochoa

- by koko

- by Agos

- by Igor

- by Darel

- by KC Baltz

- by user1881207

- by Gena Verdel

- by trevor_nise

- by terence6

- by terence6

- by Jonathon

- by Mark Virtue

- by Ralf Westphal

- by faye.todd(at)oracle.com

- by Yaneeve

< Previous Page | 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 | Next Page >